SDK for PHP 3.x

Client: Aws\S3\S3Client
Service ID: s3
Version: 2006-03-01

This page describes the parameters and results for the operations of the Amazon Simple Storage Service (2006-03-01), and shows how to use the Aws\S3\S3Client object to call the described operations. This documentation is specific to the 2006-03-01 API version of the service.

Operation Summary

Each of the following operations can be created from a client using $client->getCommand('CommandName'), where "CommandName" is the name of one of the following operations. Note: a command is a value that encapsulates an operation and the parameters used to create an HTTP request.

You can also create and send a command immediately using the magic methods available on a client object: $client->commandName(/* parameters */). You can send the command asynchronously (returning a promise) by appending the word "Async" to the operation name: $client->commandNameAsync(/* parameters */).

AbortMultipartUpload ( array $params = [] )
This operation aborts a multipart upload.
CompleteMultipartUpload ( array $params = [] )
Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
CopyObject ( array $params = [] )
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
CreateBucket ( array $params = [] )
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket.
CreateMultipartUpload ( array $params = [] )
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID.
CreateSession ( array $params = [] )
Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets.
DeleteBucket ( array $params = [] )
Deletes the S3 bucket.
DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketCors ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketEncryption ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketLifecycle ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketOwnershipControls ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketPolicy ( array $params = [] )
Deletes the policy of a specified bucket.
DeleteBucketReplication ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketTagging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteBucketWebsite ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteObject ( array $params = [] )
Removes an object from a bucket.
DeleteObjectTagging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
DeleteObjects ( array $params = [] )
This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request.
DeletePublicAccessBlock ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketAcl ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketCors ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketEncryption ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketInventoryConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketLifecycle ( array $params = [] )
For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketLocation ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketLogging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketMetricsConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketNotification ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketNotificationConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketOwnershipControls ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketPolicy ( array $params = [] )
Returns the policy of a specified bucket.
GetBucketPolicyStatus ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketReplication ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketRequestPayment ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketTagging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketVersioning ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetBucketWebsite ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetObject ( array $params = [] )
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.
GetObjectAcl ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetObjectAttributes ( array $params = [] )
Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself.
GetObjectLegalHold ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetObjectLockConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetObjectRetention ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetObjectTagging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetObjectTorrent ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
GetPublicAccessBlock ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
HeadBucket ( array $params = [] )
You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have permission to access it.
HeadObject ( array $params = [] )
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself.
ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
ListBucketInventoryConfigurations ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
ListBucketMetricsConfigurations ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
ListBuckets ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
ListDirectoryBuckets ( array $params = [] )
Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.
ListMultipartUploads ( array $params = [] )
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket.
ListObjectVersions ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
ListObjects ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
ListObjectsV2 ( array $params = [] )
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request.
ListParts ( array $params = [] )
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketAcl ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketCors ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketEncryption ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketLifecycle ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketLogging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketMetricsConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketNotification ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketNotificationConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketOwnershipControls ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketPolicy ( array $params = [] )
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.
PutBucketReplication ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketRequestPayment ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketTagging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketVersioning ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutBucketWebsite ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutObject ( array $params = [] )
Adds an object to a bucket.
PutObjectAcl ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutObjectLegalHold ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutObjectLockConfiguration ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutObjectRetention ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutObjectTagging ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
PutPublicAccessBlock ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
RestoreObject ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
SelectObjectContent ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
UploadPart ( array $params = [] )
Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
UploadPartCopy ( array $params = [] )
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source.
WriteGetObjectResponse ( array $params = [] )
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Paginators

Paginators handle automatically iterating over paginated API results. Paginators are associated with specific API operations, and they accept the parameters that the corresponding API operation accepts. You can get a paginator from a client class using getPaginator($paginatorName, $operationParameters). This client supports the following paginators:

ListBuckets
ListDirectoryBuckets
ListMultipartUploads
ListObjectVersions
ListObjects
ListObjectsV2
ListParts

Waiters

Waiters allow you to poll a resource until it enters into a desired state. A waiter has a name used to describe what it does, and is associated with an API operation. When creating a waiter, you can provide the API operation parameters associated with the corresponding operation. Waiters can be accessed using the getWaiter($waiterName, $operationParameters) method of a client object. This client supports the following waiters:

Waiter name API Operation Delay Max Attempts
BucketExists HeadBucket 5 20
BucketNotExists HeadBucket 5 20
ObjectExists HeadObject 5 20
ObjectNotExists HeadObject 5 20

Operations

AbortMultipartUpload

$result = $client->abortMultipartUpload([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->abortMultipartUploadAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.

To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->abortMultipartUpload([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'UploadId' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

UploadId
Required: Yes
Type: string

Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.

Result Syntax

[
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
]

Result Details

Members
RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchUpload:

The specified multipart upload does not exist.

Examples

Example 1: To abort a multipart upload

The following example aborts a multipart upload.

$result = $client->abortMultipartUpload([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'bigobject',
    'UploadId' => 'xadcOB_7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--',
]);

Result syntax:

[
]

CompleteMultipartUpload

$result = $client->completeMultipartUpload([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->completeMultipartUploadAsync([/* ... */]);

Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.

You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation or the UploadPartCopy operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the CompleteMultipartUpload request, you must provide the parts list and ensure that the parts list is complete. The CompleteMultipartUpload API operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the PartNumber value and the ETag value that are returned after that part was uploaded.

The processing of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes to finalize. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. The error response might be embedded in the 200 OK response. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).

Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry any failed requests (including 500 error responses). For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices.

You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the CompleteMultipartUpload requests. Also, if you don't provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload can still return a 200 OK response.

For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Special errors
  • Error Code: EntityTooSmall

    • Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.

    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request

  • Error Code: InvalidPart

    • Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified ETag might not have matched the uploaded part's ETag.

    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request

  • Error Code: InvalidPartOrder

    • Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.

    • HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request

  • Error Code: NoSuchUpload

    • Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.

    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:

Additional info on response behavior: if there is an internal error in S3 after the request was successfully recieved, a 200 response will be returned with an S3Exception embedded in it; this will still be caught and retried by RetryMiddleware.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->completeMultipartUpload([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'MultipartUpload' => [
        'Parts' => [
            [
                'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
                'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
                'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
                'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
                'ETag' => '<string>',
                'PartNumber' => <integer>,
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'UploadId' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumCRC32
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumCRC32C
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA1
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA256
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.

MultipartUpload
Type: CompletedMultipartUpload structure

The container for the multipart upload request information.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This parameter is required only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm or if your bucket policy requires the use of SSE-C. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

UploadId
Required: Yes
Type: string

ID for the initiated multipart upload.

Result Syntax

[
    'Bucket' => '<string>',
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
    'ETag' => '<string>',
    'Expiration' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>',
    'Location' => '<string>',
    'ObjectURL' => '<string>',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
Bucket
Type: string

The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used.

Access points are not supported by directory buckets.

BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ChecksumCRC32
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumCRC32C
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA1
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA256
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ETag
Type: string

Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits. For more information about how the entity tag is calculated, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Expiration
Type: string

If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL-encoded.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Key
Type: string

The object key of the newly created object.

Location
Type: string

The URI that identifies the newly created object.

ObjectURL
Type: string
The URI of the created object.
RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ServerSideEncryption
Type: string

The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).

For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

VersionId
Type: string

Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning turned on.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To complete multipart upload

The following example completes a multipart upload.

$result = $client->completeMultipartUpload([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'bigobject',
    'MultipartUpload' => [
        'Parts' => [
            [
                'ETag' => '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
                'PartNumber' => 1,
            ],
            [
                'ETag' => '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
                'PartNumber' => 2,
            ],
        ],
    ],
    'UploadId' => '7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Bucket' => 'acexamplebucket',
    'ETag' => '"4d9031c7644d8081c2829f4ea23c55f7-2"',
    'Key' => 'bigobject',
    'Location' => 'https://examplebucket.s3..amazonaws.com/bigobject',
]

CopyObject

$result = $client->copyObject([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->copyObjectAsync([/* ... */]);

Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.

You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.

You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide.

Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.

Authentication and authorization

All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.

Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.

Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.

Permissions

You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.

  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.

    • If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.

    • If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.

  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.

    • If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.

    • If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.

    For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Response and special errors

When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds. to keep the connection alive while we copy the data.

  • If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.

  • A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.

    • If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.

    • If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed.

      If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).

Charge

The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to CopyObject:

Additional info on response behavior: if there is an internal error in S3 after the request was successfully recieved, a 200 response will be returned with an S3Exception embedded in it; this will still be caught and retried by RetryMiddleware.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->copyObject([
    'ACL' => 'private|public-read|public-read-write|authenticated-read|aws-exec-read|bucket-owner-read|bucket-owner-full-control',
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'CacheControl' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentDisposition' => '<string>',
    'ContentEncoding' => '<string>',
    'ContentLanguage' => '<string>',
    'ContentType' => '<string>',
    'CopySource' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'CopySourceIfMatch' => '<string>',
    'CopySourceIfModifiedSince' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'CopySourceIfNoneMatch' => '<string>',
    'CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'CopySourceSSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedSourceBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Expires' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'GrantFullControl' => '<string>',
    'GrantRead' => '<string>',
    'GrantReadACP' => '<string>',
    'GrantWriteACP' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Metadata' => ['<string>', ...],
    'MetadataDirective' => 'COPY|REPLACE',
    'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus' => 'ON|OFF',
    'ObjectLockMode' => 'GOVERNANCE|COMPLIANCE',
    'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSEncryptionContext' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
    'Tagging' => '<string>',
    'TaggingDirective' => 'COPY|REPLACE',
    'WebsiteRedirectLocation' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
ACL
Type: string

The canned access control list (ACL) to apply to the object.

When you copy an object, the ACL metadata is not preserved and is set to private by default. Only the owner has full access control. To override the default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when you generate a copy request. For more information, see Using ACLs.

If the destination bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • If your destination bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the destination bucket.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the object.

Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with a COPY action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.

For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket.

CacheControl
Type: string

Specifies the caching behavior along the request/reply chain.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm that you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

When you copy an object, if the source object has a checksum, that checksum value will be copied to the new object by default. If the CopyObject request does not include this x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, the checksum algorithm will be copied from the source object to the destination object (if it's present on the source object). You can optionally specify a different checksum algorithm to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header. Unrecognized or unsupported values will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.

For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's used for performance.

ContentDisposition
Type: string

Specifies presentational information for the object. Indicates whether an object should be displayed in a web browser or downloaded as a file. It allows specifying the desired filename for the downloaded file.

ContentEncoding
Type: string

Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.

For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is supported in this header field.

ContentLanguage
Type: string

The language the content is in.

ContentType
Type: string

A standard MIME type that describes the format of the object data.

CopySource
Required: Yes
Type: string

Specifies the source object for the copy operation. The source object can be up to 5 GB. If the source object is an object that was uploaded by using a multipart upload, the object copy will be a single part object after the source object is copied to the destination bucket.

You specify the value of the copy source in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source object through an access point:

  • For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of the source bucket and the key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf from the general purpose bucket awsexamplebucket, use awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf. The value must be URL-encoded. To copy the object reports/january.pdf from the directory bucket awsexamplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, use awsexamplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3/reports/january.pdf. The value must be URL-encoded.

  • For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the format arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key>. For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through access point my-access-point owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use the URL encoding of arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf. The value must be URL encoded.

    • Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the same Amazon Web Services Region.

    • Access points are not supported by directory buckets.

    Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key>. For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use the URL encoding of arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf. The value must be URL-encoded.

If your source bucket versioning is enabled, the x-amz-copy-source header by default identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId query parameter. Specifically, append ?versionId=<version-id> to the value (for example, awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893). If you don't specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of the source object.

If you enable versioning on the destination bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique version ID for the copied object. This version ID is different from the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response.

If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the destination bucket, the version ID that Amazon S3 generates in the x-amz-version-id response header is always null.

Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets.

CopySourceIfMatch
Type: string

Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.

If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false

CopySourceIfModifiedSince
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.

If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true

CopySourceIfNoneMatch
Type: string

Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified ETag.

If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed response code:

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true

CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.

If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data:

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true

  • x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false

CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example, AES256).

If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying.

This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory bucket.

CopySourceSSECustomerKey
Type: string

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be the same one that was used when the source object was created.

If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying.

This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory bucket.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.

If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying.

This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory bucket.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the destination bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

ExpectedSourceBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the source bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Expires
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.

GrantFullControl
Type: string

Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantRead
Type: string

Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantReadACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to read the object ACL.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantWriteACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The key of the destination object.

Metadata
Type: Associative array of custom strings keys (MetadataKey) to strings

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.

MetadataDirective
Type: string

Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced with metadata that's provided in the request. When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (the default) or specify new metadata. If this header isn’t specified, COPY is the default behavior.

General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, when you grant permissions, you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Amazon S3 condition key examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

x-amz-website-redirect-location is unique to each object and is not copied when using the x-amz-metadata-directive header. To copy the value, you must specify x-amz-website-redirect-location in the request header.

ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus
Type: string

Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the object copy.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockMode
Type: string

The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the object copy.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockRetainUntilDate
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time when you want the Object Lock of the object copy to expire.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).

When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the target object, you can specify appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence.

This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded. Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header.

This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.

This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket.

SSEKMSEncryptionContext
Type: string

Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value must be explicitly added to specify encryption context for CopyObject requests.

This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

Specifies the KMS ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS will fail if they're not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory bucket.

ServerSideEncryption
Type: string

The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). Unrecognized or unsupported values won’t write a destination object and will receive a 400 Bad Request response.

Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are copied to an S3 bucket. When copying an object, if you don't specify encryption information in your copy request, the encryption setting of the target object is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the target object copy.

When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the target object, you can specify appropriate encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence.

With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes your data to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

StorageClass
Type: string

If the x-amz-storage-class header is not used, the copied object will be stored in the STANDARD Storage Class by default. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.

  • Amazon S3 on Outposts - S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class.

You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3 by using the x-amz-storage-class header. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Before using an object as a source object for the copy operation, you must restore a copy of it if it meets any of the following conditions:

  • The storage class of the source object is GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE.

  • The storage class of the source object is INTELLIGENT_TIERING and it's S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier is Archive Access or Deep Archive Access.

For more information, see RestoreObject and Copying Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Tagging
Type: string

The tag-set for the object copy in the destination bucket. This value must be used in conjunction with the x-amz-tagging-directive if you choose REPLACE for the x-amz-tagging-directive. If you choose COPY for the x-amz-tagging-directive, you don't need to set the x-amz-tagging header, because the tag-set will be copied from the source object directly. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.

The default value is the empty value.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, only the empty tag-set is supported. Any requests that attempt to write non-empty tags into directory buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status code. When the destination bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 Not Implemented response in any of the following situations:

  • When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from an S3 source object that has non-empty tags.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a source object and set a non-empty value to x-amz-tagging.

  • When you don't set the x-amz-tagging-directive header and the source object has non-empty tags. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging-directive is COPY.

Because only the empty tag-set is supported for directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, the following situations are allowed:

  • When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from a directory bucket source object that has no tags to a general purpose bucket. It copies an empty tag-set to the destination object.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object to empty.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a general purpose bucket source object that has non-empty tags and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object to empty.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object and don't set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging is the empty value.

TaggingDirective
Type: string

Specifies whether the object tag-set is copied from the source object or replaced with the tag-set that's provided in the request.

The default value is COPY.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, only the empty tag-set is supported. Any requests that attempt to write non-empty tags into directory buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status code. When the destination bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 Not Implemented response in any of the following situations:

  • When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from an S3 source object that has non-empty tags.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a source object and set a non-empty value to x-amz-tagging.

  • When you don't set the x-amz-tagging-directive header and the source object has non-empty tags. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging-directive is COPY.

Because only the empty tag-set is supported for directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, the following situations are allowed:

  • When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from a directory bucket source object that has no tags to a general purpose bucket. It copies an empty tag-set to the destination object.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object to empty.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a general purpose bucket source object that has non-empty tags and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object to empty.

  • When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source object and don't set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination object. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging is the empty value.

WebsiteRedirectLocation
Type: string

If the destination bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object copy to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This value is unique to each object and is not copied when using the x-amz-metadata-directive header. Instead, you may opt to provide this header in combination with the x-amz-metadata-directive header.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'CopyObjectResult' => [
        'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
        'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
        'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
        'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
        'ETag' => '<string>',
        'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
    ],
    'CopySourceVersionId' => '<string>',
    'Expiration' => '<string>',
    'ObjectURL' => '<string>',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSEncryptionContext' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

CopyObjectResult
Type: CopyObjectResult structure

Container for all response elements.

CopySourceVersionId
Type: string

Version ID of the source object that was copied.

This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory bucket.

Expiration
Type: string

If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectURL
Type: string
The URI of the created object.
RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm that's used.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSEncryptionContext
Type: string

If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ServerSideEncryption
Type: string

The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse).

For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

VersionId
Type: string

Version ID of the newly created copy.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

ObjectNotInActiveTierError:

The source object of the COPY action is not in the active tier and is only stored in Amazon S3 Glacier.

Examples

Example 1: To copy an object

The following example copies an object from one bucket to another.

$result = $client->copyObject([
    'Bucket' => 'destinationbucket',
    'CopySource' => '/sourcebucket/HappyFacejpg',
    'Key' => 'HappyFaceCopyjpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'CopyObjectResult' => [
        'ETag' => '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
        'LastModified' => ,
    ],
]

CreateBucket

$result = $client->createBucket([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->createBucketAsync([/* ... */]);

This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket .

Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.

There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:

    • Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.

    • Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.

    • S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.

      To set an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket request, you must explicitly set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a different value than the default, BucketOwnerEnforced. Additionally, if your desired bucket ACL grants public access, you must first create the bucket (without the bucket ACL) and then explicitly disable Block Public Access on the bucket before using PutBucketAcl to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket with a public ACL, the request will fail.

      For the majority of modern use cases in S3, we recommend that you keep all Block Public Access settings enabled and keep ACLs disabled. If you would like to share data with users outside of your account, you can use bucket policies as needed. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket and Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    • S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified.

    For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to CreateBucket:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->createBucket([
    'ACL' => 'private|public-read|public-read-write|authenticated-read',
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'CreateBucketConfiguration' => [
        'Bucket' => [
            'DataRedundancy' => 'SingleAvailabilityZone',
            'Type' => 'Directory',
        ],
        'Location' => [
            'Name' => '<string>',
            'Type' => 'AvailabilityZone',
        ],
        'LocationConstraint' => 'ap-northeast-1|ap-southeast-2|ap-southeast-1|cn-north-1|eu-central-1|eu-west-1|us-east-1|us-west-1|us-west-2|sa-east-1',
    ],
    'GrantFullControl' => '<string>',
    'GrantRead' => '<string>',
    'GrantReadACP' => '<string>',
    'GrantWrite' => '<string>',
    'GrantWriteACP' => '<string>',
    'ObjectLockEnabledForBucket' => true || false,
    'ObjectOwnership' => 'BucketOwnerPreferred|ObjectWriter|BucketOwnerEnforced',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
ACL
Type: string

The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket to create.

General purpose buckets - For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide

CreateBucketConfiguration
Type: CreateBucketConfiguration structure

The configuration information for the bucket.

GrantFullControl
Type: string

Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

GrantRead
Type: string

Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

GrantReadACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

GrantWrite
Type: string

Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket.

For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and overwrites of those objects.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

GrantWriteACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockEnabledForBucket
Type: boolean

Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectOwnership
Type: string

The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls.

BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.

ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL.

BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) are disabled and no longer affect permissions. The bucket owner automatically owns and has full control over every object in the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or specify bucket owner full control ACLs (such as the predefined bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or a custom ACL in XML format that grants the same permissions).

By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced and ACLs are disabled. We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon use cases where you must control access for each object individually. For more information about S3 Object Ownership, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Directory buckets use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership.

Result Syntax

[
    'Location' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
Location
Type: string

A forward slash followed by the name of the bucket.

Errors

BucketAlreadyExists:

The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. Select a different name and try again.

BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou:

The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all Amazon Web Services Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs).

Examples

Example 1: To create a bucket

The following example creates a bucket.

$result = $client->createBucket([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Location' => '/examplebucket',
]
Example 2: To create a bucket in a specific region

The following example creates a bucket. The request specifies an AWS region where to create the bucket.

$result = $client->createBucket([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'CreateBucketConfiguration' => [
        'LocationConstraint' => 'eu-west-1',
    ],
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Location' => 'http://examplebucket..s3.amazonaws.com/',
]

CreateMultipartUpload

$result = $client->createMultipartUpload([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->createMultipartUploadAsync([/* ... */]);

This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.

If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.

  • Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Request signing

For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Encryption
  • General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.

    • Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.

      • x-amz-server-side-encryption

      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id

      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-context

      • If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.

      • To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

      • If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.

      • All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

      For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    • Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.

      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

      • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

      For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->createMultipartUpload([
    'ACL' => 'private|public-read|public-read-write|authenticated-read|aws-exec-read|bucket-owner-read|bucket-owner-full-control',
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'CacheControl' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentDisposition' => '<string>',
    'ContentEncoding' => '<string>',
    'ContentLanguage' => '<string>',
    'ContentType' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Expires' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'GrantFullControl' => '<string>',
    'GrantRead' => '<string>',
    'GrantReadACP' => '<string>',
    'GrantWriteACP' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Metadata' => ['<string>', ...],
    'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus' => 'ON|OFF',
    'ObjectLockMode' => 'GOVERNANCE|COMPLIANCE',
    'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSEncryptionContext' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
    'Tagging' => '<string>',
    'WebsiteRedirectLocation' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
ACL
Type: string

The canned ACL to apply to the object. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When uploading an object, you can grant access permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the new object. For more information, see Using ACLs. One way to grant the permissions using the request headers is to specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket where the multipart upload is initiated and where the object is uploaded.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.

Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

CacheControl
Type: string

Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm that you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ContentDisposition
Type: string

Specifies presentational information for the object.

ContentEncoding
Type: string

Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.

For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is supported in this header field.

ContentLanguage
Type: string

The language that the content is in.

ContentType
Type: string

A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Expires
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.

GrantFullControl
Type: string

Specify access permissions explicitly to give the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.

By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:

  • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account

  • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group

  • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account

    Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:

    • US East (N. Virginia)

    • US West (N. California)

    • US West (Oregon)

    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)

    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)

    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)

    • Europe (Ireland)

    • South America (São Paulo)

    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:

x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantRead
Type: string

Specify access permissions explicitly to allow grantee to read the object data and its metadata.

By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:

  • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account

  • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group

  • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account

    Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:

    • US East (N. Virginia)

    • US West (N. California)

    • US West (Oregon)

    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)

    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)

    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)

    • Europe (Ireland)

    • South America (São Paulo)

    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:

x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantReadACP
Type: string

Specify access permissions explicitly to allows grantee to read the object ACL.

By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:

  • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account

  • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group

  • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account

    Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:

    • US East (N. Virginia)

    • US West (N. California)

    • US West (Oregon)

    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)

    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)

    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)

    • Europe (Ireland)

    • South America (São Paulo)

    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:

x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantWriteACP
Type: string

Specify access permissions explicitly to allows grantee to allow grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.

By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:

  • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account

  • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group

  • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account

    Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:

    • US East (N. Virginia)

    • US West (N. California)

    • US West (Oregon)

    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)

    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)

    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)

    • Europe (Ireland)

    • South America (São Paulo)

    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data and its metadata:

x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666"

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated.

Metadata
Type: Associative array of custom strings keys (MetadataKey) to strings

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.

ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus
Type: string

Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the uploaded object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockMode
Type: string

Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockRetainUntilDate
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the customer-provided encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSEncryptionContext
Type: string

Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

Specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for object encryption.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ServerSideEncryption
Type: string

The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).

For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

StorageClass
Type: string

By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. For more information, see Storage Classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects.

  • Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class.

Tagging
Type: string

The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

WebsiteRedirectLocation
Type: string

If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'AbortDate' => <DateTime>,
    'AbortRuleId' => '<string>',
    'Bucket' => '<string>',
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'Key' => '<string>',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSEncryptionContext' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'UploadId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
AbortDate
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines the abort action.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

AbortRuleId
Type: string

This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Bucket
Type: string

The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used.

Access points are not supported by directory buckets.

BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object.

Key
Type: string

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm that's used.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSEncryptionContext
Type: string

If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ServerSideEncryption
Type: string

The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).

For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

UploadId
Type: string

ID for the initiated multipart upload.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To initiate a multipart upload

The following example initiates a multipart upload.

$result = $client->createMultipartUpload([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'largeobject',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'largeobject',
    'UploadId' => 'ibZBv_75gd9r8lH_gqXatLdxMVpAlj6ZQjEs.OwyF3953YdwbcQnMA2BLGn8Lx12fQNICtMw5KyteFeHw.Sjng--',
]

CreateSession

$result = $client->createSession([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->createSessionAsync([/* ... */]);

Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets. For more information about Zonal endpoint APIs that include the Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see S3 Express One Zone APIs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory bucket, use the CreateSession API operation. Specifically, you grant s3express:CreateSession permission to a bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you use IAM credentials to make the CreateSession API request on the bucket, which returns temporary security credentials that include the access key ID, secret access key, session token, and expiration. These credentials have associated permissions to access the Zonal endpoint APIs. After the session is created, you don’t need to use other policies to grant permissions to each Zonal endpoint API individually. Instead, in your Zonal endpoint API requests, you sign your requests by applying the temporary security credentials of the session to the request headers and following the SigV4 protocol for authentication. You also apply the session token to the x-amz-s3session-token request header for authorization. Temporary security credentials are scoped to the bucket and expire after 5 minutes. After the expiration time, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. You must use IAM credentials again to make a CreateSession API request that generates a new set of temporary credentials for use. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval.

If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. We recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to initiate and manage requests to the CreateSession API. For more information, see Performance guidelines and design patterns in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • CopyObject API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the CopyObject API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the CopyObject API operation on directory buckets, see CopyObject.

  • HeadBucket API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the HeadBucket API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the HeadBucket API operation on directory buckets, see HeadBucket.

Permissions

To obtain temporary security credentials, you must create a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy that grants s3express:CreateSession permission to the bucket. In a policy, you can have the s3express:SessionMode condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. For more information about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see x-amz-create-session-mode . For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint APIs, the bucket policy should also grant both accounts the s3express:CreateSession permission.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->createSession([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'SessionMode' => 'ReadOnly|ReadWrite',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket that you create a session for.

SessionMode
Type: string

Specifies the mode of the session that will be created, either ReadWrite or ReadOnly. By default, a ReadWrite session is created. A ReadWrite session is capable of executing all the Zonal endpoint APIs on a directory bucket. A ReadOnly session is constrained to execute the following Zonal endpoint APIs: GetObject, HeadObject, ListObjectsV2, GetObjectAttributes, ListParts, and ListMultipartUploads.

Result Syntax

[
    'Credentials' => [
        'AccessKeyId' => '<string>',
        'Expiration' => <DateTime>,
        'SecretAccessKey' => '<string>',
        'SessionToken' => '<string>',
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
Credentials
Required: Yes
Type: SessionCredentials structure

The established temporary security credentials for the created session..

Errors

NoSuchBucket:

The specified bucket does not exist.

DeleteBucket

$result = $client->deleteBucket([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketAsync([/* ... */]);

Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.

  • Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.

  • Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucket([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

Specifies the bucket being deleted.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete a bucket

The following example deletes the specified bucket.

$result = $client->deleteBucket([
    'Bucket' => 'forrandall2',
]);

DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

$result = $client->deleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID).

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

DeleteBucketCors

$result = $client->deleteBucketCors([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketCorsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.

For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Related Resources

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketCors([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete cors configuration on a bucket.

The following example deletes CORS configuration on a bucket.

$result = $client->deleteBucketCors([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

DeleteBucketEncryption

$result = $client->deleteBucketEncryption([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketEncryptionAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketEncryption([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration to delete.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

$result = $client->deleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.

Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration

$result = $client->deleteBucketInventoryConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketInventoryConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory.

Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketInventoryConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

DeleteBucketLifecycle

$result = $client->deleteBucketLifecycle([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketLifecycleAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner can grant this permission to others.

There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.

For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions.

Related actions include:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketLifecycle([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete lifecycle configuration on a bucket.

The following example deletes lifecycle configuration on a bucket.

$result = $client->deleteBucketLifecycle([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration

$result = $client->deleteBucketMetricsConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketMetricsConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketMetricsConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

DeleteBucketOwnershipControls

$result = $client->deleteBucketOwnershipControls([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketOwnershipControlsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketOwnershipControls([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to delete.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

DeleteBucketPolicy

$result = $client->deleteBucketPolicy([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketPolicyAsync([/* ... */]);

Deletes the policy of a specified bucket.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions

If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.

If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.

To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.

  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketPolicy([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete bucket policy

The following example deletes bucket policy on the specified bucket.

$result = $client->deleteBucketPolicy([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

DeleteBucketReplication

$result = $client->deleteBucketReplication([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketReplicationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate.

For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketReplication([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete bucket replication configuration

The following example deletes replication configuration set on bucket.

$result = $client->deleteBucketReplication([
    'Bucket' => 'example',
]);

DeleteBucketTagging

$result = $client->deleteBucketTagging([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketTaggingAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Deletes the tags from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketTagging([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket that has the tag set to be removed.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete bucket tags

The following example deletes bucket tags.

$result = $client->deleteBucketTagging([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

DeleteBucketWebsite

$result = $client->deleteBucketWebsite([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteBucketWebsiteAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.

This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.

For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.

The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteBucketWebsite([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete bucket website configuration

The following example deletes bucket website configuration.

$result = $client->deleteBucketWebsite([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

DeleteObject

$result = $client->deleteObject([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteObjectAsync([/* ... */]);

Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:

  • If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.

  • If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the object’s versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket.

  • If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include the object’s versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets.

  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true.

If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.

Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.

You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.

Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.

    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.

    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following action is related to DeleteObject:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteObject([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'BypassGovernanceRetention' => true || false,
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'MFA' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

BypassGovernanceRetention
Type: boolean

Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions to process this operation. To use this header, you must have the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Key name of the object to delete.

MFA
Type: string

The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object.

For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported.

Result Syntax

[
    'DeleteMarker' => true || false,
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
DeleteMarker
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the specified object version that was permanently deleted was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker before deletion. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) the current version of the object is a delete marker.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete an object (from a non-versioned bucket)

The following example deletes an object from a non-versioned bucket.

$result = $client->deleteObject([
    'Bucket' => 'ExampleBucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);
Example 2: To delete an object

The following example deletes an object from an S3 bucket.

$result = $client->deleteObject([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'objectkey.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
]

DeleteObjectTagging

$result = $client->deleteObjectTagging([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteObjectTaggingAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action.

To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action.

The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteObjectTagging([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The key that identifies the object in the bucket from which to remove all tags.

VersionId
Type: string

The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from.

Result Syntax

[
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
VersionId
Type: string

The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To remove tag set from an object version

The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object version. The request specifies both the object key and object version.

$result = $client->deleteObjectTagging([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
    'VersionId' => 'ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'VersionId' => 'ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
]
Example 2: To remove tag set from an object

The following example removes tag set associated with the specified object. If the bucket is versioning enabled, the operation removes tag set from the latest object version.

$result = $client->deleteObjectTagging([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'VersionId' => 'null',
]

DeleteObjects

$result = $client->deleteObjects([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deleteObjectsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.

The request can contain a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. Note that if the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result as deleted.

  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any information about the delete in the response body.

When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.

    • s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify the s3:DeleteObject permission.

    • s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versiong-enabled bucket, you must specify the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Content-MD5 request header
  • General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.

  • Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deleteObjects([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'BypassGovernanceRetention' => true || false,
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'Delete' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Objects' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                'VersionId' => '<string>',
            ],
            // ...
        ],
        'Quiet' => true || false,
    ],
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'MFA' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name containing the objects to delete.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

BypassGovernanceRetention
Type: boolean

Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type Object Lock in place. To use this header, you must have the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.

For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported algorithm from the following list:

  • CRC32

  • CRC32C

  • SHA1

  • SHA256

For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm .

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

Delete
Required: Yes
Type: Delete structure

Container for the request.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

MFA
Type: string

The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA delete enabled.

When performing the DeleteObjects operation on an MFA delete enabled bucket, which attempts to delete the specified versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you don't provide an MFA token, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects that you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned object keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'Deleted' => [
        [
            'DeleteMarker' => true || false,
            'DeleteMarkerVersionId' => '<string>',
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'VersionId' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Errors' => [
        [
            'Code' => '<string>',
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'Message' => '<string>',
            'VersionId' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
]

Result Details

Members
Deleted
Type: Array of DeletedObject structures

Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that was successfully deleted.

Errors
Type: Array of Error structures

Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To delete multiple object versions from a versioned bucket

The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The request specifies object versions. S3 deletes specific object versions and returns the key and versions of deleted objects in the response.

$result = $client->deleteObjects([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Delete' => [
        'Objects' => [
            [
                'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
                'VersionId' => '2LWg7lQLnY41.maGB5Z6SWW.dcq0vx7b',
            ],
            [
                'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
                'VersionId' => 'yoz3HB.ZhCS_tKVEmIOr7qYyyAaZSKVd',
            ],
        ],
        'Quiet' => ,
    ],
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Deleted' => [
        [
            'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
            'VersionId' => 'yoz3HB.ZhCS_tKVEmIOr7qYyyAaZSKVd',
        ],
        [
            'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
            'VersionId' => '2LWg7lQLnY41.maGB5Z6SWW.dcq0vx7b',
        ],
    ],
]
Example 2: To delete multiple objects from a versioned bucket

The following example deletes objects from a bucket. The bucket is versioned, and the request does not specify the object version to delete. In this case, all versions remain in the bucket and S3 adds a delete marker.

$result = $client->deleteObjects([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Delete' => [
        'Objects' => [
            [
                'Key' => 'objectkey1',
            ],
            [
                'Key' => 'objectkey2',
            ],
        ],
        'Quiet' => ,
    ],
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Deleted' => [
        [
            'DeleteMarker' => true,
            'DeleteMarkerVersionId' => 'A._w1z6EFiCF5uhtQMDal9JDkID9tQ7F',
            'Key' => 'objectkey1',
        ],
        [
            'DeleteMarker' => true,
            'DeleteMarkerVersionId' => 'iOd_ORxhkKe_e8G8_oSGxt2PjsCZKlkt',
            'Key' => 'objectkey2',
        ],
    ],
]

DeletePublicAccessBlock

$result = $client->deletePublicAccessBlock([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->deletePublicAccessBlockAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->deletePublicAccessBlock([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration

$result = $client->getBucketAccelerateConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketAccelerateConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.

A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.

For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketAccelerateConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'Status' => 'Enabled|Suspended',
]

Result Details

Members
RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Status
Type: string

The accelerate configuration of the bucket.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketAcl

$result = $client->getBucketAcl([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketAclAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketAcl([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'Grants' => [
        [
            'Grantee' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'EmailAddress' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
                'Type' => 'CanonicalUser|AmazonCustomerByEmail|Group',
                'URI' => '<string>',
            ],
            'Permission' => 'FULL_CONTROL|WRITE|WRITE_ACP|READ|READ_ACP',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Owner' => [
        'DisplayName' => '<string>',
        'ID' => '<string>',
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
Grants
Type: Array of Grant structures

A list of grants.

Owner
Type: Owner structure

Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

$result = $client->getBucketAnalyticsConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketAnalyticsConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketAnalyticsConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.

Result Syntax

[
    'AnalyticsConfiguration' => [
        'Filter' => [
            'And' => [
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tags' => [
                    [
                        'Key' => '<string>',
                        'Value' => '<string>',
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Tag' => [
                'Key' => '<string>',
                'Value' => '<string>',
            ],
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>',
        'StorageClassAnalysis' => [
            'DataExport' => [
                'Destination' => [
                    'S3BucketDestination' => [
                        'Bucket' => '<string>',
                        'BucketAccountId' => '<string>',
                        'Format' => 'CSV',
                        'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    ],
                ],
                'OutputSchemaVersion' => 'V_1',
            ],
        ],
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
AnalyticsConfiguration
Type: AnalyticsConfiguration structure

The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketCors

$result = $client->getBucketCors([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketCorsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing.

The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketCors([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'CORSRules' => [
        [
            'AllowedHeaders' => ['<string>', ...],
            'AllowedMethods' => ['<string>', ...],
            'AllowedOrigins' => ['<string>', ...],
            'ExposeHeaders' => ['<string>', ...],
            'ID' => '<string>',
            'MaxAgeSeconds' => <integer>,
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
CORSRules
Type: Array of CORSRule structures

A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get cors configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) configuration set on a bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketCors([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'CORSRules' => [
        [
            'AllowedHeaders' => [
                'Authorization',
            ],
            'AllowedMethods' => [
                'GET',
            ],
            'AllowedOrigins' => [
                '*',
            ],
            'MaxAgeSeconds' => 3000,
        ],
    ],
]

GetBucketEncryption

$result = $client->getBucketEncryption([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketEncryptionAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketEncryption([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration is retrieved.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration' => [
        'Rules' => [
            [
                'ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault' => [
                    'KMSMasterKeyID' => '<string>',
                    'SSEAlgorithm' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
                ],
                'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration

Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

$result = $client->getBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.

Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

Result Syntax

[
    'IntelligentTieringConfiguration' => [
        'Filter' => [
            'And' => [
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tags' => [
                    [
                        'Key' => '<string>',
                        'Value' => '<string>',
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Tag' => [
                'Key' => '<string>',
                'Value' => '<string>',
            ],
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>',
        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
        'Tierings' => [
            [
                'AccessTier' => 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS|DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS',
                'Days' => <integer>,
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
IntelligentTieringConfiguration

Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketInventoryConfiguration

$result = $client->getBucketInventoryConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketInventoryConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory.

The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketInventoryConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.

Result Syntax

[
    'InventoryConfiguration' => [
        'Destination' => [
            'S3BucketDestination' => [
                'AccountId' => '<string>',
                'Bucket' => '<string>',
                'Encryption' => [
                    'SSEKMS' => [
                        'KeyId' => '<string>',
                    ],
                    'SSES3' => [
                    ],
                ],
                'Format' => 'CSV|ORC|Parquet',
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
            ],
        ],
        'Filter' => [
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>',
        'IncludedObjectVersions' => 'All|Current',
        'IsEnabled' => true || false,
        'OptionalFields' => ['<string>', ...],
        'Schedule' => [
            'Frequency' => 'Daily|Weekly',
        ],
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
InventoryConfiguration
Type: InventoryConfiguration structure

Specifies the inventory configuration.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketLifecycle

$result = $client->getBucketLifecycle([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketLifecycleAsync([/* ... */]);

For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration. If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward compatibility.

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:

  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration

    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.

    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found

    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketLifecycle([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'Rules' => [
        [
            'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload' => [
                'DaysAfterInitiation' => <integer>,
            ],
            'Expiration' => [
                'Date' => <DateTime>,
                'Days' => <integer>,
                'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker' => true || false,
            ],
            'ID' => '<string>',
            'NoncurrentVersionExpiration' => [
                'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
            ],
            'NoncurrentVersionTransition' => [
                'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
                'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
            'Transition' => [
                'Date' => <DateTime>,
                'Days' => <integer>,
                'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
            ],
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
Rules
Type: Array of Rule structures

Container for a lifecycle rule.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get a bucket acl

The following example gets ACL on the specified bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketLifecycle([
    'Bucket' => 'acl1',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Rules' => [
        [
            'Expiration' => [
                'Days' => 1,
            ],
            'ID' => 'delete logs',
            'Prefix' => '123/',
            'Status' => 'Enabled',
        ],
    ],
]

GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration

$result = $client->getBucketLifecycleConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketLifecycleConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see GetBucketLifecycle. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action,

Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:

  • Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration

    • Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.

    • HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found

    • SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client

The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketLifecycleConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'Rules' => [
        [
            'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload' => [
                'DaysAfterInitiation' => <integer>,
            ],
            'Expiration' => [
                'Date' => <DateTime>,
                'Days' => <integer>,
                'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker' => true || false,
            ],
            'Filter' => [
                'And' => [
                    'ObjectSizeGreaterThan' => <integer>,
                    'ObjectSizeLessThan' => <integer>,
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    'Tags' => [
                        [
                            'Key' => '<string>',
                            'Value' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        // ...
                    ],
                ],
                'ObjectSizeGreaterThan' => <integer>,
                'ObjectSizeLessThan' => <integer>,
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tag' => [
                    'Key' => '<string>',
                    'Value' => '<string>',
                ],
            ],
            'ID' => '<string>',
            'NoncurrentVersionExpiration' => [
                'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
            ],
            'NoncurrentVersionTransitions' => [
                [
                    'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                    'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
                    'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
                ],
                // ...
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
            'Transitions' => [
                [
                    'Date' => <DateTime>,
                    'Days' => <integer>,
                    'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
                ],
                // ...
            ],
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
Rules
Type: Array of LifecycleRule structures

Container for a lifecycle rule.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get lifecycle configuration on a bucket

The following example retrieves lifecycle configuration on set on a bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketLifecycleConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Rules' => [
        [
            'ID' => 'Rule for TaxDocs/',
            'Prefix' => 'TaxDocs',
            'Status' => 'Enabled',
            'Transitions' => [
                [
                    'Days' => 365,
                    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD_IA',
                ],
            ],
        ],
    ],
]

GetBucketLocation

$result = $client->getBucketLocation([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketLocationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation.

The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketLocation([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the location.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'LocationConstraint' => 'ap-northeast-1|ap-southeast-2|ap-southeast-1|cn-north-1|eu-central-1|eu-west-1|us-east-1|us-west-1|us-west-2|sa-east-1',
]

Result Details

Members
LocationConstraint
Type: string

Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported location constraints by Region, see Regions and Endpoints. Buckets in Region us-east-1 have a LocationConstraint of null.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get bucket location

The following example returns bucket location.

$result = $client->getBucketLocation([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'LocationConstraint' => 'us-west-2',
]

GetBucketLogging

$result = $client->getBucketLogging([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketLoggingAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status.

The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketLogging([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name for which to get the logging information.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'LoggingEnabled' => [
        'TargetBucket' => '<string>',
        'TargetGrants' => [
            [
                'Grantee' => [
                    'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                    'EmailAddress' => '<string>',
                    'ID' => '<string>',
                    'Type' => 'CanonicalUser|AmazonCustomerByEmail|Group',
                    'URI' => '<string>',
                ],
                'Permission' => 'FULL_CONTROL|READ|WRITE',
            ],
            // ...
        ],
        'TargetObjectKeyFormat' => [
            'PartitionedPrefix' => [
                'PartitionDateSource' => 'EventTime|DeliveryTime',
            ],
            'SimplePrefix' => [
            ],
        ],
        'TargetPrefix' => '<string>',
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
LoggingEnabled
Type: LoggingEnabled structure

Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging in the Amazon S3 API Reference.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketMetricsConfiguration

$result = $client->getBucketMetricsConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketMetricsConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.

The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketMetricsConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores.

Result Syntax

[
    'MetricsConfiguration' => [
        'Filter' => [
            'AccessPointArn' => '<string>',
            'And' => [
                'AccessPointArn' => '<string>',
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tags' => [
                    [
                        'Key' => '<string>',
                        'Value' => '<string>',
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Tag' => [
                'Key' => '<string>',
                'Value' => '<string>',
            ],
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>',
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
MetricsConfiguration
Type: MetricsConfiguration structure

Specifies the metrics configuration.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketNotification

$result = $client->getBucketNotification([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketNotificationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketNotification([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'CloudFunctionConfiguration' => [
        'CloudFunction' => '<string>',
        'Event' => 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject|s3:ObjectCreated:*|s3:ObjectCreated:Put|s3:ObjectCreated:Post|s3:ObjectCreated:Copy|s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload|s3:ObjectRemoved:*|s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete|s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectRestore:*|s3:ObjectRestore:Post|s3:ObjectRestore:Completed|s3:Replication:*|s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication|s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked|s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold|s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold|s3:ObjectRestore:Delete|s3:LifecycleTransition|s3:IntelligentTiering|s3:ObjectAcl:Put|s3:LifecycleExpiration:*|s3:LifecycleExpiration:Delete|s3:LifecycleExpiration:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectTagging:*|s3:ObjectTagging:Put|s3:ObjectTagging:Delete',
        'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
        'Id' => '<string>',
        'InvocationRole' => '<string>',
    ],
    'QueueConfiguration' => [
        'Event' => 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject|s3:ObjectCreated:*|s3:ObjectCreated:Put|s3:ObjectCreated:Post|s3:ObjectCreated:Copy|s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload|s3:ObjectRemoved:*|s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete|s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectRestore:*|s3:ObjectRestore:Post|s3:ObjectRestore:Completed|s3:Replication:*|s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication|s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked|s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold|s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold|s3:ObjectRestore:Delete|s3:LifecycleTransition|s3:IntelligentTiering|s3:ObjectAcl:Put|s3:LifecycleExpiration:*|s3:LifecycleExpiration:Delete|s3:LifecycleExpiration:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectTagging:*|s3:ObjectTagging:Put|s3:ObjectTagging:Delete',
        'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
        'Id' => '<string>',
        'Queue' => '<string>',
    ],
    'TopicConfiguration' => [
        'Event' => 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject|s3:ObjectCreated:*|s3:ObjectCreated:Put|s3:ObjectCreated:Post|s3:ObjectCreated:Copy|s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload|s3:ObjectRemoved:*|s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete|s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectRestore:*|s3:ObjectRestore:Post|s3:ObjectRestore:Completed|s3:Replication:*|s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication|s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked|s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold|s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold|s3:ObjectRestore:Delete|s3:LifecycleTransition|s3:IntelligentTiering|s3:ObjectAcl:Put|s3:LifecycleExpiration:*|s3:LifecycleExpiration:Delete|s3:LifecycleExpiration:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectTagging:*|s3:ObjectTagging:Put|s3:ObjectTagging:Delete',
        'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
        'Id' => '<string>',
        'Topic' => '<string>',
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
CloudFunctionConfiguration
Type: CloudFunctionConfiguration structure

Container for specifying the Lambda notification configuration.

QueueConfiguration

This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.

TopicConfiguration

This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get notification configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns notification configuration set on a bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketNotification([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'QueueConfiguration' => [
        'Event' => 's3:ObjectCreated:Put',
        'Events' => [
            's3:ObjectCreated:Put',
        ],
        'Id' => 'MDQ2OGQ4NDEtOTBmNi00YTM4LTk0NzYtZDIwN2I3NWQ1NjIx',
        'Queue' => 'arn:aws:sqs:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventQueue',
    ],
    'TopicConfiguration' => [
        'Event' => 's3:ObjectCreated:Copy',
        'Events' => [
            's3:ObjectCreated:Copy',
        ],
        'Id' => 'YTVkMWEzZGUtNTY1NS00ZmE2LWJjYjktMmRlY2QwODFkNTJi',
        'Topic' => 'arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventTopic',
    ],
]
Example 2: To get notification configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns notification configuration set on a bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketNotification([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'QueueConfiguration' => [
        'Event' => 's3:ObjectCreated:Put',
        'Events' => [
            's3:ObjectCreated:Put',
        ],
        'Id' => 'MDQ2OGQ4NDEtOTBmNi00YTM4LTk0NzYtZDIwN2I3NWQ1NjIx',
        'Queue' => 'arn:aws:sqs:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventQueue',
    ],
    'TopicConfiguration' => [
        'Event' => 's3:ObjectCreated:Copy',
        'Events' => [
            's3:ObjectCreated:Copy',
        ],
        'Id' => 'YTVkMWEzZGUtNTY1NS00ZmE2LWJjYjktMmRlY2QwODFkNTJi',
        'Topic' => 'arn:aws:sns:us-east-1:acct-id:S3ObjectCreatedEventTopic',
    ],
]

GetBucketNotificationConfiguration

$result = $client->getBucketNotificationConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketNotificationConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.

If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element.

By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies.

The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketNotificationConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.

When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'EventBridgeConfiguration' => [
    ],
    'LambdaFunctionConfigurations' => [
        [
            'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
            'Filter' => [
                'Key' => [
                    'FilterRules' => [
                        [
                            'Name' => 'prefix|suffix',
                            'Value' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        // ...
                    ],
                ],
            ],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'LambdaFunctionArn' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'QueueConfigurations' => [
        [
            'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
            'Filter' => [
                'Key' => [
                    'FilterRules' => [
                        [
                            'Name' => 'prefix|suffix',
                            'Value' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        // ...
                    ],
                ],
            ],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'QueueArn' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'TopicConfigurations' => [
        [
            'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
            'Filter' => [
                'Key' => [
                    'FilterRules' => [
                        [
                            'Name' => 'prefix|suffix',
                            'Value' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        // ...
                    ],
                ],
            ],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'TopicArn' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
EventBridgeConfiguration
Type: EventBridgeConfiguration structure

Enables delivery of events to Amazon EventBridge.

LambdaFunctionConfigurations
Type: Array of LambdaFunctionConfiguration structures

Describes the Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to invoke them.

QueueConfigurations
Type: Array of QueueConfiguration structures

The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events for which to publish messages.

TopicConfigurations
Type: Array of TopicConfiguration structures

The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications are generated.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketOwnershipControls

$result = $client->getBucketOwnershipControls([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketOwnershipControlsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy.

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership.

The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketOwnershipControls([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to retrieve.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'OwnershipControls' => [
        'Rules' => [
            [
                'ObjectOwnership' => 'BucketOwnerPreferred|ObjectWriter|BucketOwnerEnforced',
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
OwnershipControls
Type: OwnershipControls structure

The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerEnforced, BucketOwnerPreferred, or ObjectWriter) currently in effect for this Amazon S3 bucket.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketPolicy

$result = $client->getBucketPolicy([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketPolicyAsync([/* ... */]);

Returns the policy of a specified bucket.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions

If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.

If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.

To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.

  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Example bucket policies

General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.

The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketPolicy([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name to get the bucket policy for.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide

Access points - When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.

Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented.

Result Syntax

[
    'Policy' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
Policy
Type: string

The bucket policy as a JSON document.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get bucket policy

The following example returns bucket policy associated with a bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketPolicy([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Policy' => '{"Version":"2008-10-17","Id":"LogPolicy","Statement":[{"Sid":"Enables the log delivery group to publish logs to your bucket ","Effect":"Allow","Principal":{"AWS":"111122223333"},"Action":["s3:GetBucketAcl","s3:GetObjectAcl","s3:PutObject"],"Resource":["arn:aws:s3:::policytest1/*","arn:aws:s3:::policytest1"]}]}',
]

GetBucketPolicyStatus

$result = $client->getBucketPolicyStatus([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketPolicyStatusAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public".

The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketPolicyStatus([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'PolicyStatus' => [
        'IsPublic' => true || false,
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
PolicyStatus
Type: PolicyStatus structure

The policy status for the specified bucket.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetBucketReplication

$result = $client->getBucketReplication([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketReplicationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.

It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete can return a wrong result.

For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This action requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration action. For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies.

If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response also returns those elements.

For information about GetBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes

The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketReplication([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name for which to get the replication information.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'ReplicationConfiguration' => [
        'Role' => '<string>',
        'Rules' => [
            [
                'DeleteMarkerReplication' => [
                    'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
                ],
                'Destination' => [
                    'AccessControlTranslation' => [
                        'Owner' => 'Destination',
                    ],
                    'Account' => '<string>',
                    'Bucket' => '<string>',
                    'EncryptionConfiguration' => [
                        'ReplicaKmsKeyID' => '<string>',
                    ],
                    'Metrics' => [
                        'EventThreshold' => [
                            'Minutes' => <integer>,
                        ],
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
                    ],
                    'ReplicationTime' => [
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
                        'Time' => [
                            'Minutes' => <integer>,
                        ],
                    ],
                    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
                ],
                'ExistingObjectReplication' => [
                    'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
                ],
                'Filter' => [
                    'And' => [
                        'Prefix' => '<string>',
                        'Tags' => [
                            [
                                'Key' => '<string>',
                                'Value' => '<string>',
                            ],
                            // ...
                        ],
                    ],
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    'Tag' => [
                        'Key' => '<string>',
                        'Value' => '<string>',
                    ],
                ],
                'ID' => '<string>',
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Priority' => <integer>,
                'SourceSelectionCriteria' => [
                    'ReplicaModifications' => [
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
                    ],
                    'SseKmsEncryptedObjects' => [
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
                    ],
                ],
                'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
ReplicationConfiguration
Type: ReplicationConfiguration structure

A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get replication configuration set on a bucket

The following example returns replication configuration set on a bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketReplication([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'ReplicationConfiguration' => [
        'Role' => 'arn:aws:iam::acct-id:role/example-role',
        'Rules' => [
            [
                'Destination' => [
                    'Bucket' => 'arn:aws:s3:::destination-bucket',
                ],
                'ID' => 'MWIwNTkwZmItMTE3MS00ZTc3LWJkZDEtNzRmODQwYzc1OTQy',
                'Prefix' => 'Tax',
                'Status' => 'Enabled',
            ],
        ],
    ],
]

GetBucketRequestPayment

$result = $client->getBucketRequestPayment([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketRequestPaymentAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.

The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketRequestPayment([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'Payer' => 'Requester|BucketOwner',
]

Result Details

Members
Payer
Type: string

Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get bucket versioning configuration

The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration.

$result = $client->getBucketRequestPayment([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Payer' => 'BucketOwner',
]

GetBucketTagging

$result = $client->getBucketTagging([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketTaggingAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

GetBucketTagging has the following special error:

  • Error code: NoSuchTagSet

    • Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.

The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketTagging([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'TagSet' => [
        [
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'Value' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
TagSet
Required: Yes
Type: Array of Tag structures

Contains the tag set.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get tag set associated with a bucket

The following example returns tag set associated with a bucket

$result = $client->getBucketTagging([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'TagSet' => [
        [
            'Key' => 'key1',
            'Value' => 'value1',
        ],
        [
            'Key' => 'key2',
            'Value' => 'value2',
        ],
    ],
]

GetBucketVersioning

$result = $client->getBucketVersioning([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketVersioningAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the versioning state of a bucket.

To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.

This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.

The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketVersioning([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'MFADelete' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
    'Status' => 'Enabled|Suspended',
]

Result Details

Members
MFADelete
Type: string

Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.

Status
Type: string

The versioning state of the bucket.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get bucket versioning configuration

The following example retrieves bucket versioning configuration.

$result = $client->getBucketVersioning([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'MFADelete' => 'Disabled',
    'Status' => 'Enabled',
]

GetBucketWebsite

$result = $client->getBucketWebsite([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getBucketWebsiteAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.

This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.

The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getBucketWebsite([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name for which to get the website configuration.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'ErrorDocument' => [
        'Key' => '<string>',
    ],
    'IndexDocument' => [
        'Suffix' => '<string>',
    ],
    'RedirectAllRequestsTo' => [
        'HostName' => '<string>',
        'Protocol' => 'http|https',
    ],
    'RoutingRules' => [
        [
            'Condition' => [
                'HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals' => '<string>',
                'KeyPrefixEquals' => '<string>',
            ],
            'Redirect' => [
                'HostName' => '<string>',
                'HttpRedirectCode' => '<string>',
                'Protocol' => 'http|https',
                'ReplaceKeyPrefixWith' => '<string>',
                'ReplaceKeyWith' => '<string>',
            ],
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
ErrorDocument
Type: ErrorDocument structure

The object key name of the website error document to use for 4XX class errors.

IndexDocument
Type: IndexDocument structure

The name of the index document for the website (for example index.html).

RedirectAllRequestsTo
Type: RedirectAllRequestsTo structure

Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of an Amazon S3 bucket.

RoutingRules
Type: Array of RoutingRule structures

Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To get bucket website configuration

The following example retrieves website configuration of a bucket.

$result = $client->getBucketWebsite([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'ErrorDocument' => [
        'Key' => 'error.html',
    ],
    'IndexDocument' => [
        'Suffix' => 'index.html',
    ],
]

GetObject

$result = $client->getObject([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectAsync([/* ... */]);

Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.

In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object.

General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.

    If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.

    If the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.

    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.

    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Storage classes

If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.

Encryption

Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.

Overriding response header values through the request

There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request.

You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object.

The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires.

To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.

  • response-cache-control

  • response-content-disposition

  • response-content-encoding

  • response-content-language

  • response-content-type

  • response-expires

When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to GetObject:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObject([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumMode' => 'ENABLED',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'IfMatch' => '<string>',
    'IfModifiedSince' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'IfNoneMatch' => '<string>',
    'IfUnmodifiedSince' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'PartNumber' => <integer>,
    'Range' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'ResponseCacheControl' => '<string>',
    'ResponseContentDisposition' => '<string>',
    'ResponseContentEncoding' => '<string>',
    'ResponseContentLanguage' => '<string>',
    'ResponseContentType' => '<string>',
    'ResponseExpires' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SaveAs' => '<string>',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name containing the object.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumMode
Type: string

To retrieve the checksum, this mode must be enabled.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

IfMatch
Type: string

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified in this header; otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error.

If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

IfModifiedSince
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time; otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error.

If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified status code.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

IfNoneMatch
Type: string

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one specified in this header; otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error.

If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified HTTP status code.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

IfUnmodifiedSince
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time; otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error.

If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Key of the object to get.

PartNumber
Type: int

Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified. Useful for downloading just a part of an object.

Range
Type: string

Downloads the specified byte range of an object. For more information about the HTTP Range header, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range.

Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ResponseCacheControl
Type: string

Sets the Cache-Control header of the response.

ResponseContentDisposition
Type: string

Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response.

ResponseContentEncoding
Type: string

Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response.

ResponseContentLanguage
Type: string

Sets the Content-Language header of the response.

ResponseContentType
Type: string

Sets the Content-Type header of the response.

ResponseExpires
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Sets the Expires header of the response.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the object (for example, AES256).

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key that you originally provided for Amazon S3 to encrypt the data before storing it. This value is used to decrypt the object when recovering it and must match the one used when storing the data. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the customer-provided encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you GET the object, you must use the following headers:

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SaveAs
Type: string
The path to a file on disk to save the object data.
VersionId
Type: string

Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object.

By default, the GetObject operation returns the current version of an object. To return a different version, use the versionId subresource.

  • If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.

  • If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.

  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.

For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning.

Result Syntax

[
    'AcceptRanges' => '<string>',
    'Body' => <string || resource || Psr\Http\Message\StreamInterface>,
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'CacheControl' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
    'ContentDisposition' => '<string>',
    'ContentEncoding' => '<string>',
    'ContentLanguage' => '<string>',
    'ContentLength' => <integer>,
    'ContentRange' => '<string>',
    'ContentType' => '<string>',
    'DeleteMarker' => true || false,
    'ETag' => '<string>',
    'Expiration' => '<string>',
    'Expires' => <DateTime>,
    'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
    'Metadata' => ['<string>', ...],
    'MissingMeta' => <integer>,
    'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus' => 'ON|OFF',
    'ObjectLockMode' => 'GOVERNANCE|COMPLIANCE',
    'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate' => <DateTime>,
    'PartsCount' => <integer>,
    'ReplicationStatus' => 'COMPLETE|PENDING|FAILED|REPLICA|COMPLETED',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'Restore' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
    'TagCount' => <integer>,
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
    'WebsiteRedirectLocation' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
AcceptRanges
Type: string

Indicates that a range of bytes was specified in the request.

Body
Type: blob (string|resource|Psr\Http\Message\StreamInterface)

Object data.

BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

CacheControl
Type: string

Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.

ChecksumCRC32
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumCRC32C
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA1
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA256
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ContentDisposition
Type: string

Specifies presentational information for the object.

ContentEncoding
Type: string

Indicates what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.

ContentLanguage
Type: string

The language the content is in.

ContentLength
Type: long (int|float)

Size of the body in bytes.

ContentRange
Type: string

The portion of the object returned in the response.

ContentType
Type: string

A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.

DeleteMarker
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.

  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.

  • If the specified version in the request is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.

ETag
Type: string

An entity tag (ETag) is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.

Expiration
Type: string

If the object expiration is configured (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL-encoded.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Expires
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.

LastModified
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Date and time when the object was last modified.

General purpose buckets - When you specify a versionId of the object in your request, if the specified version in the request is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.

Metadata
Type: Associative array of custom strings keys (MetadataKey) to strings

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.

MissingMeta
Type: int

This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in the headers that are prefixed with x-amz-meta-. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus
Type: string

Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockMode
Type: string

The Object Lock mode that's currently in place for this object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockRetainUntilDate
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

PartsCount
Type: int

The count of parts this object has. This value is only returned if you specify partNumber in your request and the object was uploaded as a multipart upload.

ReplicationStatus
Type: string

Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or destination in a replication rule.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Restore
Type: string

Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time of the restored object copy.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm that's used.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ServerSideEncryption
Type: string

The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse).

For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

StorageClass
Type: string

Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.

Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects.

TagCount
Type: int

The number of tags, if any, on the object, when you have the relevant permission to read object tags.

You can use GetObjectTagging to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

Version ID of the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

WebsiteRedirectLocation
Type: string

If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchKey:

The specified key does not exist.

InvalidObjectState:

Object is archived and inaccessible until restored.

If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Examples

Example 1: To retrieve a byte range of an object

The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket. The request specifies the range header to retrieve a specific byte range.

$result = $client->getObject([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'SampleFile.txt',
    'Range' => 'bytes=0-9',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'AcceptRanges' => 'bytes',
    'ContentLength' => 10,
    'ContentRange' => 'bytes 0-9/43',
    'ContentType' => 'text/plain',
    'ETag' => '"0d94420ffd0bc68cd3d152506b97a9cc"',
    'LastModified' => ,
    'Metadata' => [
    ],
    'VersionId' => 'null',
]
Example 2: To retrieve an object

The following example retrieves an object for an S3 bucket.

$result = $client->getObject([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'AcceptRanges' => 'bytes',
    'ContentLength' => 3191,
    'ContentType' => 'image/jpeg',
    'ETag' => '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
    'LastModified' => ,
    'Metadata' => [
    ],
    'TagCount' => 2,
    'VersionId' => 'null',
]
Example 3: To get an object via an S3 access point ARN

The following example retrieves an object by referencing the bucket via an S3 accesss point ARN. Result output is simplified for the example.

$result = $client->getObject([
    'Bucket' => 'arn:aws:s3:us-east-1:123456789012:accesspoint:myaccesspoint',
    'Key' => 'my-key',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Body' => <BLOB>,
    'ContentLength' => 11,
    'ContentType' => 'application/octet-stream',
]

GetObjectAcl

$result = $client->getObjectAcl([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectAclAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide

This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.

If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObjectAcl([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The key of the object for which to get the ACL information.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'Grants' => [
        [
            'Grantee' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'EmailAddress' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
                'Type' => 'CanonicalUser|AmazonCustomerByEmail|Group',
                'URI' => '<string>',
            ],
            'Permission' => 'FULL_CONTROL|WRITE|WRITE_ACP|READ|READ_ACP',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Owner' => [
        'DisplayName' => '<string>',
        'ID' => '<string>',
    ],
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
]

Result Details

Members
Grants
Type: Array of Grant structures

A list of grants.

Owner
Type: Owner structure

Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchKey:

The specified key does not exist.

Examples

Example 1: To retrieve object ACL

The following example retrieves access control list (ACL) of an object.

$result = $client->getObjectAcl([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Grants' => [
        [
            'Grantee' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
                'Type' => 'CanonicalUser',
            ],
            'Permission' => 'WRITE',
        ],
        [
            'Grantee' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
                'Type' => 'CanonicalUser',
            ],
            'Permission' => 'WRITE_ACP',
        ],
        [
            'Grantee' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
                'Type' => 'CanonicalUser',
            ],
            'Permission' => 'READ',
        ],
        [
            'Grantee' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
                'ID' => '852b113eexamplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
                'Type' => 'CanonicalUser',
            ],
            'Permission' => 'READ_ACP',
        ],
    ],
    'Owner' => [
        'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
        'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
    ],
]

GetObjectAttributes

$result = $client->getObjectAttributes([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectAttributesAsync([/* ... */]);

Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.

GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object. The permissions that you need to use this operation with depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.

    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.

    • If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Encryption

Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a GET request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

Versioning

Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.

Conditional request headers

Consider the following when using request headers:

  • If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:

    • If-Match condition evaluates to true.

    • If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.

    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

  • If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:

    • If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.

    • If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.

    For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObjectAttributes([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'MaxParts' => <integer>,
    'ObjectAttributes' => ['<string>', ...], // REQUIRED
    'PartNumberMarker' => <integer>,
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket that contains the object.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The object key.

MaxParts
Type: int

Sets the maximum number of parts to return.

ObjectAttributes
Required: Yes
Type: Array of strings

Specifies the fields at the root level that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned.

PartNumberMarker
Type: int

Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher part numbers will be listed.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

The version ID used to reference a specific version of the object.

S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.

Result Syntax

[
    'Checksum' => [
        'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
        'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
        'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
        'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
    ],
    'DeleteMarker' => true || false,
    'ETag' => '<string>',
    'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
    'ObjectParts' => [
        'IsTruncated' => true || false,
        'MaxParts' => <integer>,
        'NextPartNumberMarker' => <integer>,
        'PartNumberMarker' => <integer>,
        'Parts' => [
            [
                'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
                'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
                'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
                'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
                'PartNumber' => <integer>,
                'Size' => <integer>,
            ],
            // ...
        ],
        'TotalPartsCount' => <integer>,
    ],
    'ObjectSize' => <integer>,
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
Checksum
Type: Checksum structure

The checksum or digest of the object.

DeleteMarker
Type: boolean

Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ETag
Type: string

An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.

LastModified
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The creation date of the object.

ObjectParts
Type: GetObjectAttributesParts structure

A collection of parts associated with a multipart upload.

ObjectSize
Type: long (int|float)

The size of the object in bytes.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

StorageClass
Type: string

Provides the storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.

For more information, see Storage Classes.

Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects.

VersionId
Type: string

The version ID of the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchKey:

The specified key does not exist.

GetObjectLegalHold

$result = $client->getObjectLegalHold([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectLegalHoldAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects.

This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObjectLegalHold([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name containing the object whose legal hold status you want to retrieve.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The key name for the object whose legal hold status you want to retrieve.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

The version ID of the object whose legal hold status you want to retrieve.

Result Syntax

[
    'LegalHold' => [
        'Status' => 'ON|OFF',
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
LegalHold
Type: ObjectLockLegalHold structure

The current legal hold status for the specified object.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetObjectLockConfiguration

$result = $client->getObjectLockConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectLockConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.

The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObjectLockConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'ObjectLockConfiguration' => [
        'ObjectLockEnabled' => 'Enabled',
        'Rule' => [
            'DefaultRetention' => [
                'Days' => <integer>,
                'Mode' => 'GOVERNANCE|COMPLIANCE',
                'Years' => <integer>,
            ],
        ],
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
ObjectLockConfiguration
Type: ObjectLockConfiguration structure

The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetObjectRetention

$result = $client->getObjectRetention([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectRetentionAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects.

This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

The following action is related to GetObjectRetention:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObjectRetention([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.

Result Syntax

[
    'Retention' => [
        'Mode' => 'GOVERNANCE|COMPLIANCE',
        'RetainUntilDate' => <DateTime>,
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
Retention
Type: ObjectLockRetention structure

The container element for an object's retention settings.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

GetObjectTagging

$result = $client->getObjectTagging([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectTaggingAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action.

By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.

For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging.

The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObjectTagging([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Object key for which to get the tagging information.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information.

Result Syntax

[
    'TagSet' => [
        [
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'Value' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
TagSet
Required: Yes
Type: Array of Tag structures

Contains the tag set.

VersionId
Type: string

The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To retrieve tag set of an object

The following example retrieves tag set of an object.

$result = $client->getObjectTagging([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'TagSet' => [
        [
            'Key' => 'Key4',
            'Value' => 'Value4',
        ],
        [
            'Key' => 'Key3',
            'Value' => 'Value3',
        ],
    ],
    'VersionId' => 'null',
]
Example 2: To retrieve tag set of a specific object version

The following example retrieves tag set of an object. The request specifies object version.

$result = $client->getObjectTagging([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'exampleobject',
    'VersionId' => 'ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'TagSet' => [
        [
            'Key' => 'Key1',
            'Value' => 'Value1',
        ],
    ],
    'VersionId' => 'ydlaNkwWm0SfKJR.T1b1fIdPRbldTYRI',
]

GetObjectTorrent

$result = $client->getObjectTorrent([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getObjectTorrentAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files.

You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.

To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.

This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getObjectTorrent([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent files.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The object key for which to get the information.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'Body' => <string || resource || Psr\Http\Message\StreamInterface>,
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
]

Result Details

Members
Body
Type: blob (string|resource|Psr\Http\Message\StreamInterface)

A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To retrieve torrent files for an object

The following example retrieves torrent files of an object.

$result = $client->getObjectTorrent([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
]

GetPublicAccessBlock

$result = $client->getPublicAccessBlock([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->getPublicAccessBlockAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.

When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.

For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public".

The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->getPublicAccessBlock([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to retrieve.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'PublicAccessBlockConfiguration' => [
        'BlockPublicAcls' => true || false,
        'BlockPublicPolicy' => true || false,
        'IgnorePublicAcls' => true || false,
        'RestrictPublicBuckets' => true || false,
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
PublicAccessBlockConfiguration

The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3 bucket.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

HeadBucket

$result = $client->headBucket([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->headBucketAsync([/* ... */]);

You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it.

If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these HTTP response codes.

Directory buckets - You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Authentication and authorization

All HeadBucket requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.

Directory bucket - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the HeadBucket API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.

Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.

Permissions

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->headBucket([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'AccessPointAlias' => true || false,
    'BucketLocationName' => '<string>',
    'BucketLocationType' => 'AvailabilityZone',
    'BucketRegion' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
AccessPointAlias
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the bucket name used in the request is an access point alias.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

BucketLocationName
Type: string

The name of the location where the bucket will be created.

For directory buckets, the AZ ID of the Availability Zone where the bucket is created. An example AZ ID value is usw2-az1.

This functionality is only supported by directory buckets.

BucketLocationType
Type: string

The type of location where the bucket is created.

This functionality is only supported by directory buckets.

BucketRegion
Type: string

The Region that the bucket is located.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchBucket:

The specified bucket does not exist.

Examples

Example 1: To determine if bucket exists

This operation checks to see if a bucket exists.

$result = $client->headBucket([
    'Bucket' => 'acl1',
]);

HeadObject

$result = $client->headObject([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->headObjectAsync([/* ... */]);

The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.

A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes.

Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions

  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.

    • If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.

    • If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Encryption

Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.

If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key

  • x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5

For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

Versioning
  • If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.

  • If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.

  • Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets.

  • Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following actions are related to HeadObject:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->headObject([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumMode' => 'ENABLED',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'IfMatch' => '<string>',
    'IfModifiedSince' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'IfNoneMatch' => '<string>',
    'IfUnmodifiedSince' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'PartNumber' => <integer>,
    'Range' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket that contains the object.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumMode
Type: string

To retrieve the checksum, this parameter must be enabled.

In addition, if you enable ChecksumMode and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must have permission to use the kms:Decrypt action for the request to succeed.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

IfMatch
Type: string

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified; otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error.

If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:

  • If-Match condition evaluates to true, and;

  • If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false;

Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

IfModifiedSince
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time; otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error.

If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:

  • If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and;

  • If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;

Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

IfNoneMatch
Type: string

Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one specified; otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error.

If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:

  • If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and;

  • If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;

Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

IfUnmodifiedSince
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time; otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error.

If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows:

  • If-Match condition evaluates to true, and;

  • If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false;

Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.

For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

The object key.

PartNumber
Type: int

Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified. Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this object.

Range
Type: string

HeadObject returns only the metadata for an object. If the Range is satisfiable, only the ContentLength is affected in the response. If the Range is not satisfiable, S3 returns a 416 - Requested Range Not Satisfiable error.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionId
Type: string

Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object.

For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported.

Result Syntax

[
    'AcceptRanges' => '<string>',
    'ArchiveStatus' => 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS|DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS',
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'CacheControl' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
    'ContentDisposition' => '<string>',
    'ContentEncoding' => '<string>',
    'ContentLanguage' => '<string>',
    'ContentLength' => <integer>,
    'ContentType' => '<string>',
    'DeleteMarker' => true || false,
    'ETag' => '<string>',
    'Expiration' => '<string>',
    'Expires' => <DateTime>,
    'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
    'Metadata' => ['<string>', ...],
    'MissingMeta' => <integer>,
    'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus' => 'ON|OFF',
    'ObjectLockMode' => 'GOVERNANCE|COMPLIANCE',
    'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate' => <DateTime>,
    'PartsCount' => <integer>,
    'ReplicationStatus' => 'COMPLETE|PENDING|FAILED|REPLICA|COMPLETED',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'Restore' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
    'VersionId' => '<string>',
    'WebsiteRedirectLocation' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
AcceptRanges
Type: string

Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.

ArchiveStatus
Type: string

The archive state of the head object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

CacheControl
Type: string

Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.

ChecksumCRC32
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumCRC32C
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA1
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA256
Type: string

The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ContentDisposition
Type: string

Specifies presentational information for the object.

ContentEncoding
Type: string

Indicates what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field.

ContentLanguage
Type: string

The language the content is in.

ContentLength
Type: long (int|float)

Size of the body in bytes.

ContentType
Type: string

A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.

DeleteMarker
Type: boolean

Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ETag
Type: string

An entity tag (ETag) is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a resource found at a URL.

Expiration
Type: string

If the object expiration is configured (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration ), the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL-encoded.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Expires
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.

LastModified
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

Date and time when the object was last modified.

Metadata
Type: Associative array of custom strings keys (MetadataKey) to strings

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.

MissingMeta
Type: int

This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus
Type: string

Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockMode
Type: string

The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockRetainUntilDate
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

PartsCount
Type: int

The count of parts this object has. This value is only returned if you specify partNumber in your request and the object was uploaded as a multipart upload.

ReplicationStatus
Type: string

Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is either a source or a destination in a replication rule.

In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response as follows:

  • If requesting an object from the source bucket, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header if the object in your request is eligible for replication.

    For example, suppose that in your replication configuration, you specify object prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects with key prefix TaxDocs. Any objects you upload with this key name prefix, for example TaxDocs/document1.pdf, are eligible for replication. For any object request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication status.

  • If requesting an object from a destination bucket, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if the object in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created and there is no replica modification replication in progress.

  • When replicating objects to multiple destination buckets, the x-amz-replication-status header acts differently. The header of the source object will only return a value of COMPLETED when replication is successful to all destinations. The header will remain at value PENDING until replication has completed for all destinations. If one or more destinations fails replication the header will return FAILED.

For more information, see Replication.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Restore
Type: string

If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored.

If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:

x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 21 Dec 2012 00:00:00 GMT"

If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true".

For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects: General Considerations.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm that's used.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity verification of the customer-provided encryption key.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ServerSideEncryption
Type: string

The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse).

For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported.

StorageClass
Type: string

Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.

For more information, see Storage Classes.

Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects.

VersionId
Type: string

Version ID of the object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

WebsiteRedirectLocation
Type: string

If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchKey:

The specified key does not exist.

Examples

Example 1: To retrieve metadata of an object without returning the object itself

The following example retrieves an object metadata.

$result = $client->headObject([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'AcceptRanges' => 'bytes',
    'ContentLength' => 3191,
    'ContentType' => 'image/jpeg',
    'ETag' => '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
    'LastModified' => ,
    'Metadata' => [
    ],
    'VersionId' => 'null',
]

ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations

$result = $client->listBucketAnalyticsConfigurations([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis.

The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listBucketAnalyticsConfigurations([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'AnalyticsConfigurationList' => [
        [
            'Filter' => [
                'And' => [
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    'Tags' => [
                        [
                            'Key' => '<string>',
                            'Value' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        // ...
                    ],
                ],
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tag' => [
                    'Key' => '<string>',
                    'Value' => '<string>',
                ],
            ],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'StorageClassAnalysis' => [
                'DataExport' => [
                    'Destination' => [
                        'S3BucketDestination' => [
                            'Bucket' => '<string>',
                            'BucketAccountId' => '<string>',
                            'Format' => 'CSV',
                            'Prefix' => '<string>',
                        ],
                    ],
                    'OutputSchemaVersion' => 'V_1',
                ],
            ],
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'NextContinuationToken' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
AnalyticsConfigurationList
Type: Array of AnalyticsConfiguration structures

The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.

NextContinuationToken
Type: string

NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations

$result = $client->listBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.

Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin.

Result Syntax

[
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'IntelligentTieringConfigurationList' => [
        [
            'Filter' => [
                'And' => [
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    'Tags' => [
                        [
                            'Key' => '<string>',
                            'Value' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        // ...
                    ],
                ],
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tag' => [
                    'Key' => '<string>',
                    'Value' => '<string>',
                ],
            ],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
            'Tierings' => [
                [
                    'AccessTier' => 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS|DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS',
                    'Days' => <integer>,
                ],
                // ...
            ],
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'NextContinuationToken' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
ContinuationToken
Type: string

The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request should begin.

IntelligentTieringConfigurationList
Type: Array of IntelligentTieringConfiguration structures

The list of S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations for a bucket.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.

NextContinuationToken
Type: string

The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

ListBucketInventoryConfigurations

$result = $client->listBucketInventoryConfigurations([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listBucketInventoryConfigurationsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory

The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listBucketInventoryConfigurations([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'InventoryConfigurationList' => [
        [
            'Destination' => [
                'S3BucketDestination' => [
                    'AccountId' => '<string>',
                    'Bucket' => '<string>',
                    'Encryption' => [
                        'SSEKMS' => [
                            'KeyId' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        'SSES3' => [
                        ],
                    ],
                    'Format' => 'CSV|ORC|Parquet',
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                ],
            ],
            'Filter' => [
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
            ],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'IncludedObjectVersions' => 'All|Current',
            'IsEnabled' => true || false,
            'OptionalFields' => ['<string>', ...],
            'Schedule' => [
                'Frequency' => 'Daily|Weekly',
            ],
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'NextContinuationToken' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
ContinuationToken
Type: string

If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this inventory configuration list response.

InventoryConfigurationList
Type: Array of InventoryConfiguration structures

The list of inventory configurations for a bucket.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken is provided for a subsequent request.

NextContinuationToken
Type: string

The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

ListBucketMetricsConfigurations

$result = $client->listBucketMetricsConfigurations([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listBucketMetricsConfigurationsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.

This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.

The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listBucketMetricsConfigurations([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'MetricsConfigurationList' => [
        [
            'Filter' => [
                'AccessPointArn' => '<string>',
                'And' => [
                    'AccessPointArn' => '<string>',
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    'Tags' => [
                        [
                            'Key' => '<string>',
                            'Value' => '<string>',
                        ],
                        // ...
                    ],
                ],
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tag' => [
                    'Key' => '<string>',
                    'Value' => '<string>',
                ],
            ],
            'Id' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'NextContinuationToken' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
ContinuationToken
Type: string

The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken will be provided for a subsequent request.

MetricsConfigurationList
Type: Array of MetricsConfiguration structures

The list of metrics configurations for a bucket.

NextContinuationToken
Type: string

The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

ListBuckets

$result = $client->listBuckets([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listBucketsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission.

For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listBuckets([
]);

Parameter Details

Members

Result Syntax

[
    'Buckets' => [
        [
            'CreationDate' => <DateTime>,
            'Name' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Owner' => [
        'DisplayName' => '<string>',
        'ID' => '<string>',
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
Buckets
Type: Array of Bucket structures

The list of buckets owned by the requester.

Owner
Type: Owner structure

The owner of the buckets listed.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To list all buckets

The following example returns all the buckets owned by the sender of this request.

$result = $client->listBuckets([
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Buckets' => [
        [
            'CreationDate' => ,
            'Name' => 'examplebucket',
        ],
        [
            'CreationDate' => ,
            'Name' => 'examplebucket2',
        ],
        [
            'CreationDate' => ,
            'Name' => 'examplebucket3',
        ],
    ],
    'Owner' => [
        'DisplayName' => 'own-display-name',
        'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31',
    ],
]

ListDirectoryBuckets

$result = $client->listDirectoryBuckets([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listDirectoryBucketsAsync([/* ... */]);

Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions

You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listDirectoryBuckets([
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'MaxDirectoryBuckets' => <integer>,
]);

Parameter Details

Members
ContinuationToken
Type: string

ContinuationToken indicates to Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results.

MaxDirectoryBuckets
Type: int

Maximum number of buckets to be returned in response. When the number is more than the count of buckets that are owned by an Amazon Web Services account, return all the buckets in response.

Result Syntax

[
    'Buckets' => [
        [
            'CreationDate' => <DateTime>,
            'Name' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
Buckets
Type: Array of Bucket structures

The list of buckets owned by the requester.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list response.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

ListMultipartUploads

$result = $client->listMultipartUploads([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listMultipartUploadsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.

Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.

The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response.

Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.

For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Sorting of multipart uploads in response
  • General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:

    • Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.

    • Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.

  • Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listMultipartUploads([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'KeyMarker' => '<string>',
    'MaxUploads' => <integer>,
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'UploadIdMarker' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Delimiter
Type: string

Character you use to group keys.

All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere in the response.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter.

EncodingType
Type: string

Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key can contain any Unicode character; however, the XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

KeyMarker
Type: string

Specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin.

  • General purpose buckets - For general purpose buckets, key-marker is an object key. Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin.

    If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified key-marker will be included in the list.

    If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, key-marker is obfuscated and isn't a real object key. The upload-id-marker parameter isn't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.

    In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.

MaxUploads
Type: int

Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be returned in a response.

Prefix
Type: string

Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.)

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

UploadIdMarker
Type: string

Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'Bucket' => '<string>',
    'CommonPrefixes' => [
        [
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'KeyMarker' => '<string>',
    'MaxUploads' => <integer>,
    'NextKeyMarker' => '<string>',
    'NextUploadIdMarker' => '<string>',
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'UploadIdMarker' => '<string>',
    'Uploads' => [
        [
            'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
            'Initiated' => <DateTime>,
            'Initiator' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
            ],
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
            ],
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
            'UploadId' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
Bucket
Type: string

The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used.

CommonPrefixes
Type: Array of CommonPrefix structures

If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported.

Delimiter
Type: string

Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter.

EncodingType
Type: string

Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.

If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:

Delimiter, KeyMarker, Prefix, NextKeyMarker, Key.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified by max uploads.

KeyMarker
Type: string

The key at or after which the listing began.

MaxUploads
Type: int

Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the response.

NextKeyMarker
Type: string

When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.

NextUploadIdMarker
Type: string

When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Prefix
Type: string

When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

UploadIdMarker
Type: string

Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Uploads
Type: Array of MultipartUpload structures

Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response can contain zero or more Upload elements.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To list in-progress multipart uploads on a bucket

The following example lists in-progress multipart uploads on a specific bucket.

$result = $client->listMultipartUploads([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Uploads' => [
        [
            'Initiated' => ,
            'Initiator' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Key' => 'JavaFile',
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
            'UploadId' => 'examplelUa.CInXklLQtSMJITdUnoZ1Y5GACB5UckOtspm5zbDMCkPF_qkfZzMiFZ6dksmcnqxJyIBvQMG9X9Q--',
        ],
        [
            'Initiated' => ,
            'Initiator' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Key' => 'JavaFile',
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
            'UploadId' => 'examplelo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--',
        ],
    ],
]
Example 2: List next set of multipart uploads when previous result is truncated

The following example specifies the upload-id-marker and key-marker from previous truncated response to retrieve next setup of multipart uploads.

$result = $client->listMultipartUploads([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'KeyMarker' => 'nextkeyfrompreviousresponse',
    'MaxUploads' => 2,
    'UploadIdMarker' => 'valuefrompreviousresponse',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Bucket' => 'acl1',
    'IsTruncated' => 1,
    'KeyMarker' => '',
    'MaxUploads' => 2,
    'NextKeyMarker' => 'someobjectkey',
    'NextUploadIdMarker' => 'examplelo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--',
    'UploadIdMarker' => '',
    'Uploads' => [
        [
            'Initiated' => ,
            'Initiator' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'ownder-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Key' => 'JavaFile',
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'mohanataws',
                'ID' => '852b113e7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
            'UploadId' => 'gZ30jIqlUa.CInXklLQtSMJITdUnoZ1Y5GACB5UckOtspm5zbDMCkPF_qkfZzMiFZ6dksmcnqxJyIBvQMG9X9Q--',
        ],
        [
            'Initiated' => ,
            'Initiator' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'ownder-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Key' => 'JavaFile',
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'ownder-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
            'UploadId' => 'b7tZSqIlo91lv1iwvWpvCiJWugw2xXLPAD7Z8cJyX9.WiIRgNrdG6Ldsn.9FtS63TCl1Uf5faTB.1U5Ckcbmdw--',
        ],
    ],
]

ListObjectVersions

$result = $client->listObjectVersions([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listObjectVersionsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.

A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.

The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listObjectVersions([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'KeyMarker' => '<string>',
    'MaxKeys' => <integer>,
    'OptionalObjectAttributes' => ['<string>', ...],
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'VersionIdMarker' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name that contains the objects.

Delimiter
Type: string

A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response.

EncodingType
Type: string

Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key can contain any Unicode character; however, the XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

KeyMarker
Type: string

Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.

MaxKeys
Type: int

Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria, but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains <isTruncated>true</isTruncated>. To return the additional keys, see key-marker and version-id-marker.

OptionalObjectAttributes
Type: Array of strings

Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned.

Prefix
Type: string

Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that you'd use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionIdMarker
Type: string

Specifies the object version you want to start listing from.

Result Syntax

[
    'CommonPrefixes' => [
        [
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'DeleteMarkers' => [
        [
            'IsLatest' => true || false,
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
            ],
            'VersionId' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'KeyMarker' => '<string>',
    'MaxKeys' => <integer>,
    'Name' => '<string>',
    'NextKeyMarker' => '<string>',
    'NextVersionIdMarker' => '<string>',
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'VersionIdMarker' => '<string>',
    'Versions' => [
        [
            'ChecksumAlgorithm' => ['<string>', ...],
            'ETag' => '<string>',
            'IsLatest' => true || false,
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
            ],
            'RestoreStatus' => [
                'IsRestoreInProgress' => true || false,
                'RestoreExpiryDate' => <DateTime>,
            ],
            'Size' => <integer>,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
            'VersionId' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
]

Result Details

Members
CommonPrefixes
Type: Array of CommonPrefix structures

All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.

DeleteMarkers
Type: Array of DeleteMarkerEntry structures

Container for an object that is a delete marker.

Delimiter
Type: string

The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere in the response.

EncodingType
Type: string

Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.

If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:

KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key, and Delimiter.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make a follow-up paginated request by using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the rest of the results.

KeyMarker
Type: string

Marks the last key returned in a truncated response.

MaxKeys
Type: int

Specifies the maximum number of objects to return.

Name
Type: string

The bucket name.

NextKeyMarker
Type: string

When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextKeyMarker specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria. Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.

NextVersionIdMarker
Type: string

When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.

Prefix
Type: string

Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

VersionIdMarker
Type: string

Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response.

Versions
Type: Array of ObjectVersion structures

Container for version information.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To list object versions

The following example returns versions of an object with specific key name prefix.

$result = $client->listObjectVersions([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Prefix' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Versions' => [
        [
            'ETag' => '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
            'IsLatest' => 1,
            'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Size' => 3191,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
            'VersionId' => 'null',
        ],
        [
            'ETag' => '"6805f2cfc46c0f04559748bb039d69ae"',
            'IsLatest' => ,
            'Key' => 'HappyFace.jpg',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
                'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Size' => 3191,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
            'VersionId' => 'PHtexPGjH2y.zBgT8LmB7wwLI2mpbz.k',
        ],
    ],
]

ListObjects

$result = $client->listObjects([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listObjectsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.

This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.

The following operations are related to ListObjects:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listObjects([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Marker' => '<string>',
    'MaxKeys' => <integer>,
    'OptionalObjectAttributes' => ['<string>', ...],
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket containing the objects.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Delimiter
Type: string

A delimiter is a character that you use to group keys.

EncodingType
Type: string

Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies the encoding method to use. An object key can contain any Unicode character; however, the XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the keys in the response.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Marker
Type: string

Marker is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts listing after this specified key. Marker can be any key in the bucket.

MaxKeys
Type: int

Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.

OptionalObjectAttributes
Type: Array of strings

Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned.

Prefix
Type: string

Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.

Result Syntax

[
    'CommonPrefixes' => [
        [
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Contents' => [
        [
            'ChecksumAlgorithm' => ['<string>', ...],
            'ETag' => '<string>',
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
            ],
            'RestoreStatus' => [
                'IsRestoreInProgress' => true || false,
                'RestoreExpiryDate' => <DateTime>,
            ],
            'Size' => <integer>,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'Marker' => '<string>',
    'MaxKeys' => <integer>,
    'Name' => '<string>',
    'NextMarker' => '<string>',
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
]

Result Details

Members
CommonPrefixes
Type: Array of CommonPrefix structures

All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.

A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.

CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter.

CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix.

For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/), as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.

Contents
Type: Array of Object structures

Metadata about each object returned.

Delimiter
Type: string

Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the MaxKeys value.

EncodingType
Type: string

Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. If using url, non-ASCII characters used in an object's key name will be URL encoded. For example, the object test_file(3).png will appear as test_file%283%29.png.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that satisfied the search criteria.

Marker
Type: string

Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response if it was sent with the request.

MaxKeys
Type: int

The maximum number of keys returned in the response body.

Name
Type: string

The bucket name.

NextMarker
Type: string

When the response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response is true), you can use the key name in this field as the marker parameter in the subsequent request to get the next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical order.

This element is returned only if you have the delimiter request parameter specified. If the response does not include the NextMarker element and it is truncated, you can use the value of the last Key element in the response as the marker parameter in the subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.

Prefix
Type: string

Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchBucket:

The specified bucket does not exist.

Examples

Example 1: To list objects in a bucket

The following example list two objects in a bucket.

$result = $client->listObjects([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'MaxKeys' => 2,
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Contents' => [
        [
            'ETag' => '"70ee1738b6b21e2c8a43f3a5ab0eee71"',
            'Key' => 'example1.jpg',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'myname',
                'ID' => '12345example25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Size' => 11,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
        ],
        [
            'ETag' => '"9c8af9a76df052144598c115ef33e511"',
            'Key' => 'example2.jpg',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => 'myname',
                'ID' => '12345example25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
            ],
            'Size' => 713193,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
        ],
    ],
    'NextMarker' => 'eyJNYXJrZXIiOiBudWxsLCAiYm90b190cnVuY2F0ZV9hbW91bnQiOiAyfQ==',
]

ListObjectsV2

$result = $client->listObjectsV2([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listObjectsV2Async([/* ... */]);

Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, see Listing object keys programmatically in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Sorting order of returned objects
  • General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 returns objects in lexicographical order based on their key names.

  • Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return objects in lexicographical order.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API operation, ListObjects.

The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listObjectsV2([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'FetchOwner' => true || false,
    'MaxKeys' => <integer>,
    'OptionalObjectAttributes' => ['<string>', ...],
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'StartAfter' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

ContinuationToken indicates to Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results.

Delimiter
Type: string

A delimiter is a character that you use to group keys.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter.

  • Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

EncodingType
Type: string

Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. If using url, non-ASCII characters used in an object's key name will be URL encoded. For example, the object test_file(3).png will appear as test_file%283%29.png.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

FetchOwner
Type: boolean

The owner field is not present in ListObjectsV2 by default. If you want to return the owner field with each key in the result, then set the FetchOwner field to true.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, the bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all objects.

MaxKeys
Type: int

Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.

OptionalObjectAttributes
Type: Array of strings

Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields that you do not specify are not returned.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Prefix
Type: string

Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

StartAfter
Type: string

StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Result Syntax

[
    'CommonPrefixes' => [
        [
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'Contents' => [
        [
            'ChecksumAlgorithm' => ['<string>', ...],
            'ETag' => '<string>',
            'Key' => '<string>',
            'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
            'Owner' => [
                'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                'ID' => '<string>',
            ],
            'RestoreStatus' => [
                'IsRestoreInProgress' => true || false,
                'RestoreExpiryDate' => <DateTime>,
            ],
            'Size' => <integer>,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'ContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'Delimiter' => '<string>',
    'EncodingType' => 'url',
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'KeyCount' => <integer>,
    'MaxKeys' => <integer>,
    'Name' => '<string>',
    'NextContinuationToken' => '<string>',
    'Prefix' => '<string>',
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'StartAfter' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
CommonPrefixes
Type: Array of CommonPrefix structures

All of the keys (up to 1,000) that share the same prefix are grouped together. When counting the total numbers of returns by this API operation, this group of keys is considered as one item.

A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.

CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter.

CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix.

For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating the number of returns.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported.

  • Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Contents
Type: Array of Object structures

Metadata about each object returned.

ContinuationToken
Type: string

If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list response. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results.

Delimiter
Type: string

Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against the MaxKeys value.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter.

EncodingType
Type: string

Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.

If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response elements:

Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned.

KeyCount
Type: int

KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will always be less than or equal to the MaxKeys field. For example, if you ask for 50 keys, your result will include 50 keys or fewer.

MaxKeys
Type: int

Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys but will never contain more.

Name
Type: string

The bucket name.

NextContinuationToken
Type: string

NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which means there are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real key

Prefix
Type: string

Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter (/) are supported.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

StartAfter
Type: string

If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Errors

NoSuchBucket:

The specified bucket does not exist.

Examples

Example 1: To get object list

The following example retrieves object list. The request specifies max keys to limit response to include only 2 object keys.

$result = $client->listObjectsV2([
    'Bucket' => 'DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET',
    'MaxKeys' => 2,
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Contents' => [
        [
            'ETag' => '"70ee1738b6b21e2c8a43f3a5ab0eee71"',
            'Key' => 'happyface.jpg',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'Size' => 11,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
        ],
        [
            'ETag' => '"becf17f89c30367a9a44495d62ed521a-1"',
            'Key' => 'test.jpg',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'Size' => 4192256,
            'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
        ],
    ],
    'IsTruncated' => 1,
    'KeyCount' => 2,
    'MaxKeys' => 2,
    'Name' => 'DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET',
    'NextContinuationToken' => '1w41l63U0xa8q7smH50vCxyTQqdxo69O3EmK28Bi5PcROI4wI/EyIJg==',
    'Prefix' => '',
]

ListParts

$result = $client->listParts([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->listPartsAsync([/* ... */]);

Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.

To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload.

The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.

For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to ListParts:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->listParts([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'MaxParts' => <integer>,
    'PartNumberMarker' => <integer>,
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'UploadId' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.

MaxParts
Type: int

Sets the maximum number of parts to return.

PartNumberMarker
Type: int

Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher part numbers will be listed.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

UploadId
Required: Yes
Type: string

Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.

Result Syntax

[
    'AbortDate' => <DateTime>,
    'AbortRuleId' => '<string>',
    'Bucket' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'Initiator' => [
        'DisplayName' => '<string>',
        'ID' => '<string>',
    ],
    'IsTruncated' => true || false,
    'Key' => '<string>',
    'MaxParts' => <integer>,
    'NextPartNumberMarker' => <integer>,
    'Owner' => [
        'DisplayName' => '<string>',
        'ID' => '<string>',
    ],
    'PartNumberMarker' => <integer>,
    'Parts' => [
        [
            'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
            'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
            'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
            'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
            'ETag' => '<string>',
            'LastModified' => <DateTime>,
            'PartNumber' => <integer>,
            'Size' => <integer>,
        ],
        // ...
    ],
    'RequestCharged' => 'requester',
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
    'UploadId' => '<string>',
]

Result Details

Members
AbortDate
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.

The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

AbortRuleId
Type: string

This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort incomplete multipart uploads.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Bucket
Type: string

The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object.

Initiator
Type: Initiator structure

Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If the initiator is an Amazon Web Services account, this element provides the same information as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides the user ARN and display name.

IsTruncated
Type: boolean

Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element.

Key
Type: string

Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.

MaxParts
Type: int

Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.

NextPartNumberMarker
Type: int

When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.

Owner
Type: Owner structure

Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the parent account ID and display name.

Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for all the parts.

PartNumberMarker
Type: int

Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher part numbers will be listed.

Parts
Type: Array of Part structures

Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain zero or more Part elements.

RequestCharged
Type: string

If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the request.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

StorageClass
Type: string

The class of storage used to store the uploaded object.

Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects.

UploadId
Type: string

Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To list parts of a multipart upload.

The following example lists parts uploaded for a specific multipart upload.

$result = $client->listParts([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Key' => 'bigobject',
    'UploadId' => 'example7YPBOJuoFiQ9cz4P3Pe6FIZwO4f7wN93uHsNBEw97pl5eNwzExg0LAT2dUN91cOmrEQHDsP3WA60CEg--',
]);

Result syntax:

[
    'Initiator' => [
        'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
        'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
    ],
    'Owner' => [
        'DisplayName' => 'owner-display-name',
        'ID' => 'examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484be31bebcc',
    ],
    'Parts' => [
        [
            'ETag' => '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'PartNumber' => 1,
            'Size' => 26246026,
        ],
        [
            'ETag' => '"d8c2eafd90c266e19ab9dcacc479f8af"',
            'LastModified' => ,
            'PartNumber' => 2,
            'Size' => 26246026,
        ],
    ],
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
]

PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration

$result = $client->putBucketAccelerateConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketAccelerateConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3.

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:

  • Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.

  • Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.

The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket.

After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase.

The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods (".").

For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration.

The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketAccelerateConfiguration([
    'AccelerateConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Status' => 'Enabled|Suspended',
    ],
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
AccelerateConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: AccelerateConfiguration structure

Container for setting the transfer acceleration state.

Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketAcl

$result = $client->putBucketAcl([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketAclAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission.

You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:

  • Specify the ACL in the request body

  • Specify permissions using request headers

You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.

Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.

If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions

You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:

  • Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.

  • Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.

    You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:

    • id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account

    • uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group

    • emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account

      Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:

      • US East (N. Virginia)

      • US West (N. California)

      • US West (Oregon)

      • Asia Pacific (Singapore)

      • Asia Pacific (Sydney)

      • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)

      • Europe (Ireland)

      • South America (São Paulo)

      For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

    For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.

    x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"

You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.

Grantee Values

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:

  • By the person's ID:

    <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee>

    DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request

  • By URI:

    <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>

  • By Email address:

    <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>&</Grantee>

    The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.

    Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:

    • US East (N. Virginia)

    • US West (N. California)

    • US West (Oregon)

    • Asia Pacific (Singapore)

    • Asia Pacific (Sydney)

    • Asia Pacific (Tokyo)

    • Europe (Ireland)

    • South America (São Paulo)

    For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketAcl([
    'ACL' => 'private|public-read|public-read-write|authenticated-read',
    'AccessControlPolicy' => [
        'Grants' => [
            [
                'Grantee' => [
                    'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                    'EmailAddress' => '<string>',
                    'ID' => '<string>',
                    'Type' => 'CanonicalUser|AmazonCustomerByEmail|Group', // REQUIRED
                    'URI' => '<string>',
                ],
                'Permission' => 'FULL_CONTROL|WRITE|WRITE_ACP|READ|READ_ACP',
            ],
            // ...
        ],
        'Owner' => [
            'DisplayName' => '<string>',
            'ID' => '<string>',
        ],
    ],
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'GrantFullControl' => '<string>',
    'GrantRead' => '<string>',
    'GrantReadACP' => '<string>',
    'GrantWrite' => '<string>',
    'GrantWriteACP' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
ACL
Type: string

The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.

AccessControlPolicy
Type: AccessControlPolicy structure

Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.

Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket to which to apply the ACL.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to RFC 1864.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

GrantFullControl
Type: string

Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the bucket.

GrantRead
Type: string

Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.

GrantReadACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.

GrantWrite
Type: string

Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket.

For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions and overwrites of those objects.

GrantWriteACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Put bucket acl

The following example replaces existing ACL on a bucket. The ACL grants the bucket owner (specified using the owner ID) and write permission to the LogDelivery group. Because this is a replace operation, you must specify all the grants in your request. To incrementally add or remove ACL grants, you might use the console.

$result = $client->putBucketAcl([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'GrantFullControl' => 'id=examplee7a2f25102679df27bb0ae12b3f85be6f290b936c4393484',
    'GrantWrite' => 'uri=http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery',
]);

PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration

$result = $client->putBucketAnalyticsConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketAnalyticsConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.

You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage Class Analysis.

You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:

    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request

    • Code: InvalidArgument

    • Cause: Invalid argument.

    • HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request

    • Code: TooManyConfigurations

    • Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.

    • HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden

    • Code: AccessDenied

    • Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.

The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketAnalyticsConfiguration([
    'AnalyticsConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Filter' => [
            'And' => [
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tags' => [
                    [
                        'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                        'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Tag' => [
                'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            ],
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        'StorageClassAnalysis' => [ // REQUIRED
            'DataExport' => [
                'Destination' => [ // REQUIRED
                    'S3BucketDestination' => [ // REQUIRED
                        'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                        'BucketAccountId' => '<string>',
                        'Format' => 'CSV', // REQUIRED
                        'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    ],
                ],
                'OutputSchemaVersion' => 'V_1', // REQUIRED
            ],
        ],
    ],
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
AnalyticsConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: AnalyticsConfiguration structure

The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.

Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketCors

$result = $client->putBucketCors([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketCorsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.

To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.

You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.

To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.

When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:

  • The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.

  • The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.

  • Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.

For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketCors([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'CORSConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'CORSRules' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'AllowedHeaders' => ['<string>', ...],
                'AllowedMethods' => ['<string>', ...], // REQUIRED
                'AllowedOrigins' => ['<string>', ...], // REQUIRED
                'ExposeHeaders' => ['<string>', ...],
                'ID' => '<string>',
                'MaxAgeSeconds' => <integer>,
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration.

CORSConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: CORSConfiguration structure

Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. This header must be used as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, go to RFC 1864.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: To set cors configuration on a bucket.

The following example enables PUT, POST, and DELETE requests from www.example.com, and enables GET requests from any domain.

$result = $client->putBucketCors([
    'Bucket' => '',
    'CORSConfiguration' => [
        'CORSRules' => [
            [
                'AllowedHeaders' => [
                    '*',
                ],
                'AllowedMethods' => [
                    'PUT',
                    'POST',
                    'DELETE',
                ],
                'AllowedOrigins' => [
                    'http://www.example.com',
                ],
                'ExposeHeaders' => [
                    'x-amz-server-side-encryption',
                ],
                'MaxAgeSeconds' => 3000,
            ],
            [
                'AllowedHeaders' => [
                    'Authorization',
                ],
                'AllowedMethods' => [
                    'GET',
                ],
                'AllowedOrigins' => [
                    '*',
                ],
                'MaxAgeSeconds' => 3000,
            ],
        ],
    ],
    'ContentMD5' => '',
]);

PutBucketEncryption

$result = $client->putBucketEncryption([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketEncryptionAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket.

By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. If you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 does not validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests.

This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketEncryption([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Rules' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault' => [
                    'KMSMasterKeyID' => '<string>',
                    'SSEAlgorithm' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse', // REQUIRED
                ],
                'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with different key options. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with an Amazon Web Services KMS key (SSE-KMS) or a customer-provided key (SSE-C). For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the server-side encryption configuration.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration structure

Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration

$result = $client->putBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.

The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.

For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.

Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:

You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.

PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:

HTTP 400 Bad Request Error

Code: InvalidArgument

Cause: Invalid Argument

HTTP 400 Bad Request Error

Code: TooManyConfigurations

Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.

HTTP 403 Forbidden Error

Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'IntelligentTieringConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Filter' => [
            'And' => [
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tags' => [
                    [
                        'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                        'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Tag' => [
                'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            ],
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
        'Tierings' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'AccessTier' => 'ARCHIVE_ACCESS|DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS', // REQUIRED
                'Days' => <integer>, // REQUIRED
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or retrieve.

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

IntelligentTieringConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: IntelligentTieringConfiguration structure

Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketInventoryConfiguration

$result = $client->putBucketInventoryConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketInventoryConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.

Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket.

When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.

Permissions

To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.

The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report.

To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:

HTTP 400 Bad Request Error

Code: InvalidArgument

Cause: Invalid Argument

HTTP 400 Bad Request Error

Code: TooManyConfigurations

Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.

HTTP 403 Forbidden Error

Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.

The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketInventoryConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'InventoryConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Destination' => [ // REQUIRED
            'S3BucketDestination' => [ // REQUIRED
                'AccountId' => '<string>',
                'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                'Encryption' => [
                    'SSEKMS' => [
                        'KeyId' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                    'SSES3' => [
                    ],
                ],
                'Format' => 'CSV|ORC|Parquet', // REQUIRED
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
            ],
        ],
        'Filter' => [
            'Prefix' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        'IncludedObjectVersions' => 'All|Current', // REQUIRED
        'IsEnabled' => true || false, // REQUIRED
        'OptionalFields' => ['<string>', ...],
        'Schedule' => [ // REQUIRED
            'Frequency' => 'Daily|Weekly', // REQUIRED
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.

InventoryConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: InventoryConfiguration structure

Specifies the inventory configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketLifecycle

$result = $client->putBucketLifecycle([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketLifecycleAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration. This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.

Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) are private. Only the resource owner, the Amazon Web Services account that created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.

You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:

  • s3:DeleteObject

  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion

  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration

For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration.

The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycle:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketLifecycle([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'LifecycleConfiguration' => [
        'Rules' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload' => [
                    'DaysAfterInitiation' => <integer>,
                ],
                'Expiration' => [
                    'Date' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
                    'Days' => <integer>,
                    'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker' => true || false,
                ],
                'ID' => '<string>',
                'NoncurrentVersionExpiration' => [
                    'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                    'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
                ],
                'NoncurrentVersionTransition' => [
                    'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                    'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
                    'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
                ],
                'Prefix' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
                'Transition' => [
                    'Date' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
                    'Days' => <integer>,
                    'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
                ],
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

LifecycleConfiguration
Type: LifecycleConfiguration structure

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration

$result = $client->putBucketLifecycleConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketLifecycleConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.

Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.

Rules

You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable. Each rule consists of the following:

  • A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, object size, or any combination of these.

  • A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.

  • One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.

For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.

Permissions

By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.

You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:

  • s3:DeleteObject

  • s3:DeleteObjectVersion

  • s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration

For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketLifecycleConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'LifecycleConfiguration' => [
        'Rules' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload' => [
                    'DaysAfterInitiation' => <integer>,
                ],
                'Expiration' => [
                    'Date' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
                    'Days' => <integer>,
                    'ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker' => true || false,
                ],
                'Filter' => [
                    'And' => [
                        'ObjectSizeGreaterThan' => <integer>,
                        'ObjectSizeLessThan' => <integer>,
                        'Prefix' => '<string>',
                        'Tags' => [
                            [
                                'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                                'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                            ],
                            // ...
                        ],
                    ],
                    'ObjectSizeGreaterThan' => <integer>,
                    'ObjectSizeLessThan' => <integer>,
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    'Tag' => [
                        'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                        'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                ],
                'ID' => '<string>',
                'NoncurrentVersionExpiration' => [
                    'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                    'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
                ],
                'NoncurrentVersionTransitions' => [
                    [
                        'NewerNoncurrentVersions' => <integer>,
                        'NoncurrentDays' => <integer>,
                        'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
                'Transitions' => [
                    [
                        'Date' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
                        'Days' => <integer>,
                        'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|DEEP_ARCHIVE|GLACIER_IR',
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

LifecycleConfiguration

Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Put bucket lifecycle

The following example replaces existing lifecycle configuration, if any, on the specified bucket.

$result = $client->putBucketLifecycleConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'LifecycleConfiguration' => [
        'Rules' => [
            [
                'Expiration' => [
                    'Days' => 3650,
                ],
                'Filter' => [
                    'Prefix' => 'documents/',
                ],
                'ID' => 'TestOnly',
                'Status' => 'Enabled',
                'Transitions' => [
                    [
                        'Days' => 365,
                        'StorageClass' => 'GLACIER',
                    ],
                ],
            ],
        ],
    ],
]);

PutBucketLogging

$result = $client->putBucketLogging([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketLoggingAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.

The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.

If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Grantee Values

You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (by using request elements) in the following ways:

  • By the person's ID:

    <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> </Grantee>

    DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.

  • By Email address:

    <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress></Grantee>

    The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.

  • By URI:

    <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee>

To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:

<BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" />

For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging.

The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketLogging([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'BucketLoggingStatus' => [ // REQUIRED
        'LoggingEnabled' => [
            'TargetBucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            'TargetGrants' => [
                [
                    'Grantee' => [
                        'DisplayName' => '<string>',
                        'EmailAddress' => '<string>',
                        'ID' => '<string>',
                        'Type' => 'CanonicalUser|AmazonCustomerByEmail|Group', // REQUIRED
                        'URI' => '<string>',
                    ],
                    'Permission' => 'FULL_CONTROL|READ|WRITE',
                ],
                // ...
            ],
            'TargetObjectKeyFormat' => [
                'PartitionedPrefix' => [
                    'PartitionDateSource' => 'EventTime|DeliveryTime',
                ],
                'SimplePrefix' => [
                ],
            ],
            'TargetPrefix' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        ],
    ],
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters.

BucketLoggingStatus
Required: Yes
Type: BucketLoggingStatus structure

Container for logging status information.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The MD5 hash of the PutBucketLogging request body.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set logging configuration for a bucket

The following example sets logging policy on a bucket. For the Log Delivery group to deliver logs to the destination bucket, it needs permission for the READ_ACP action which the policy grants.

$result = $client->putBucketLogging([
    'Bucket' => 'sourcebucket',
    'BucketLoggingStatus' => [
        'LoggingEnabled' => [
            'TargetBucket' => 'targetbucket',
            'TargetGrants' => [
                [
                    'Grantee' => [
                        'Type' => 'Group',
                        'URI' => 'http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AllUsers',
                    ],
                    'Permission' => 'READ',
                ],
            ],
            'TargetPrefix' => 'MyBucketLogs/',
        ],
    ],
]);

PutBucketMetricsConfiguration

$result = $client->putBucketMetricsConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketMetricsConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.

The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration:

PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error:

  • Error code: TooManyConfigurations

    • Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.

    • HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketMetricsConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'MetricsConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Filter' => [
            'AccessPointArn' => '<string>',
            'And' => [
                'AccessPointArn' => '<string>',
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Tags' => [
                    [
                        'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                        'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                    // ...
                ],
            ],
            'Prefix' => '<string>',
            'Tag' => [
                'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            ],
        ],
        'Id' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Id
Required: Yes
Type: string

The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores.

MetricsConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: MetricsConfiguration structure

Specifies the metrics configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketNotification

$result = $client->putBucketNotification([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketNotificationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketNotification([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'NotificationConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'CloudFunctionConfiguration' => [
            'CloudFunction' => '<string>',
            'Event' => 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject|s3:ObjectCreated:*|s3:ObjectCreated:Put|s3:ObjectCreated:Post|s3:ObjectCreated:Copy|s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload|s3:ObjectRemoved:*|s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete|s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectRestore:*|s3:ObjectRestore:Post|s3:ObjectRestore:Completed|s3:Replication:*|s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication|s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked|s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold|s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold|s3:ObjectRestore:Delete|s3:LifecycleTransition|s3:IntelligentTiering|s3:ObjectAcl:Put|s3:LifecycleExpiration:*|s3:LifecycleExpiration:Delete|s3:LifecycleExpiration:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectTagging:*|s3:ObjectTagging:Put|s3:ObjectTagging:Delete',
            'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'InvocationRole' => '<string>',
        ],
        'QueueConfiguration' => [
            'Event' => 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject|s3:ObjectCreated:*|s3:ObjectCreated:Put|s3:ObjectCreated:Post|s3:ObjectCreated:Copy|s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload|s3:ObjectRemoved:*|s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete|s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectRestore:*|s3:ObjectRestore:Post|s3:ObjectRestore:Completed|s3:Replication:*|s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication|s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked|s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold|s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold|s3:ObjectRestore:Delete|s3:LifecycleTransition|s3:IntelligentTiering|s3:ObjectAcl:Put|s3:LifecycleExpiration:*|s3:LifecycleExpiration:Delete|s3:LifecycleExpiration:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectTagging:*|s3:ObjectTagging:Put|s3:ObjectTagging:Delete',
            'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'Queue' => '<string>',
        ],
        'TopicConfiguration' => [
            'Event' => 's3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject|s3:ObjectCreated:*|s3:ObjectCreated:Put|s3:ObjectCreated:Post|s3:ObjectCreated:Copy|s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload|s3:ObjectRemoved:*|s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete|s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectRestore:*|s3:ObjectRestore:Post|s3:ObjectRestore:Completed|s3:Replication:*|s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication|s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked|s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold|s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold|s3:ObjectRestore:Delete|s3:LifecycleTransition|s3:IntelligentTiering|s3:ObjectAcl:Put|s3:LifecycleExpiration:*|s3:LifecycleExpiration:Delete|s3:LifecycleExpiration:DeleteMarkerCreated|s3:ObjectTagging:*|s3:ObjectTagging:Put|s3:ObjectTagging:Delete',
            'Events' => ['<string>', ...],
            'Id' => '<string>',
            'Topic' => '<string>',
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The MD5 hash of the PutPublicAccessBlock request body.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

NotificationConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: NotificationConfigurationDeprecated structure

The container for the configuration.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketNotificationConfiguration

$result = $client->putBucketNotificationConfiguration([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketNotificationConfigurationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications.

Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.

By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.

<NotificationConfiguration>

</NotificationConfiguration>

This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.

After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events.

You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.

For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference.

By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification permission.

The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.

If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.

The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketNotificationConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'NotificationConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'EventBridgeConfiguration' => [
        ],
        'LambdaFunctionConfigurations' => [
            [
                'Events' => ['<string>', ...], // REQUIRED
                'Filter' => [
                    'Key' => [
                        'FilterRules' => [
                            [
                                'Name' => 'prefix|suffix',
                                'Value' => '<string>',
                            ],
                            // ...
                        ],
                    ],
                ],
                'Id' => '<string>',
                'LambdaFunctionArn' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            ],
            // ...
        ],
        'QueueConfigurations' => [
            [
                'Events' => ['<string>', ...], // REQUIRED
                'Filter' => [
                    'Key' => [
                        'FilterRules' => [
                            [
                                'Name' => 'prefix|suffix',
                                'Value' => '<string>',
                            ],
                            // ...
                        ],
                    ],
                ],
                'Id' => '<string>',
                'QueueArn' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            ],
            // ...
        ],
        'TopicConfigurations' => [
            [
                'Events' => ['<string>', ...], // REQUIRED
                'Filter' => [
                    'Key' => [
                        'FilterRules' => [
                            [
                                'Name' => 'prefix|suffix',
                                'Value' => '<string>',
                            ],
                            // ...
                        ],
                    ],
                ],
                'Id' => '<string>',
                'TopicArn' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
    'SkipDestinationValidation' => true || false,
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

NotificationConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: NotificationConfiguration structure

A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.

SkipDestinationValidation
Type: boolean

Skips validation of Amazon SQS, Amazon SNS, and Lambda destinations. True or false value.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set notification configuration for a bucket

The following example sets notification configuration on a bucket to publish the object created events to an SNS topic.

$result = $client->putBucketNotificationConfiguration([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'NotificationConfiguration' => [
        'TopicConfigurations' => [
            [
                'Events' => [
                    's3:ObjectCreated:*',
                ],
                'TopicArn' => 'arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:123456789012:s3-notification-topic',
            ],
        ],
    ],
]);

PutBucketOwnershipControls

$result = $client->putBucketOwnershipControls([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketOwnershipControlsAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy.

For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership.

The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketOwnershipControls([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'OwnershipControls' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Rules' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'ObjectOwnership' => 'BucketOwnerPreferred|ObjectWriter|BucketOwnerEnforced', // REQUIRED
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to set.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The MD5 hash of the OwnershipControls request body.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

OwnershipControls
Required: Yes
Type: OwnershipControls structure

The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerEnforced, BucketOwnerPreferred, or ObjectWriter) that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

PutBucketPolicy

$result = $client->putBucketPolicy([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketPolicyAsync([/* ... */]);

Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.

Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Permissions

If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.

If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.

To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.

  • General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Example bucket policies

General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.

The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketPolicy([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess' => true || false,
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Policy' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.

For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported algorithm from the following list:

  • CRC32

  • CRC32C

  • SHA1

  • SHA256

For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm .

For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's used for performance.

ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess
Type: boolean

Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions to change this bucket policy in the future.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The MD5 hash of the request body.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 Not Implemented.

Policy
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket policy as a JSON document.

For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy is s3express:CreateSession.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set bucket policy

The following example sets a permission policy on a bucket.

$result = $client->putBucketPolicy([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Policy' => '{"Version": "2012-10-17", "Statement": [{ "Sid": "id-1","Effect": "Allow","Principal": {"AWS": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:root"}, "Action": [ "s3:PutObject","s3:PutObjectAcl"], "Resource": ["arn:aws:s3:::acl3/*" ] } ]}',
]);

PutBucketReplication

$result = $client->putBucketReplication([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketReplicationAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by using the aws:RequestedRegion condition key.

A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset.

To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.

If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility.

For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.

Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects

By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys.

For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes

Permissions

To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket.

By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.

The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketReplication([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'ReplicationConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Role' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        'Rules' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'DeleteMarkerReplication' => [
                    'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
                ],
                'Destination' => [ // REQUIRED
                    'AccessControlTranslation' => [
                        'Owner' => 'Destination', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                    'Account' => '<string>',
                    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                    'EncryptionConfiguration' => [
                        'ReplicaKmsKeyID' => '<string>',
                    ],
                    'Metrics' => [
                        'EventThreshold' => [
                            'Minutes' => <integer>,
                        ],
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                    'ReplicationTime' => [
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
                        'Time' => [ // REQUIRED
                            'Minutes' => <integer>,
                        ],
                    ],
                    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
                ],
                'ExistingObjectReplication' => [
                    'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
                ],
                'Filter' => [
                    'And' => [
                        'Prefix' => '<string>',
                        'Tags' => [
                            [
                                'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                                'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                            ],
                            // ...
                        ],
                    ],
                    'Prefix' => '<string>',
                    'Tag' => [
                        'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                        'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                ],
                'ID' => '<string>',
                'Prefix' => '<string>',
                'Priority' => <integer>,
                'SourceSelectionCriteria' => [
                    'ReplicaModifications' => [
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                    'SseKmsEncryptedObjects' => [
                        'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
                    ],
                ],
                'Status' => 'Enabled|Disabled', // REQUIRED
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
    'Token' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The name of the bucket

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see RFC 1864.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

ReplicationConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: ReplicationConfiguration structure

A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.

Token
Type: string

A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set replication configuration on a bucket

The following example sets replication configuration on a bucket.

$result = $client->putBucketReplication([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'ReplicationConfiguration' => [
        'Role' => 'arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/examplerole',
        'Rules' => [
            [
                'Destination' => [
                    'Bucket' => 'arn:aws:s3:::destinationbucket',
                    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD',
                ],
                'Prefix' => '',
                'Status' => 'Enabled',
            ],
        ],
    ],
]);

PutBucketRequestPayment

$result = $client->putBucketRequestPayment([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketRequestPaymentAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.

The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketRequestPayment([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'RequestPaymentConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'Payer' => 'Requester|BucketOwner', // REQUIRED
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see RFC 1864.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

RequestPaymentConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: RequestPaymentConfiguration structure

Container for Payer.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set request payment configuration on a bucket.

The following example sets request payment configuration on a bucket so that person requesting the download is charged.

$result = $client->putBucketRequestPayment([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'RequestPaymentConfiguration' => [
        'Payer' => 'Requester',
    ],
]);

PutBucketTagging

$result = $client->putBucketTagging([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketTaggingAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets the tags for a bucket.

Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.

When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags.

To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.

PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.

  • InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.

  • MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.

  • OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.

  • InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.

The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketTagging([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Tagging' => [ // REQUIRED
        'TagSet' => [ // REQUIRED
            [
                'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
                'Value' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see RFC 1864.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Tagging
Required: Yes
Type: Tagging structure

Container for the TagSet and Tag elements.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set tags on a bucket

The following example sets tags on a bucket. Any existing tags are replaced.

$result = $client->putBucketTagging([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'Tagging' => [
        'TagSet' => [
            [
                'Key' => 'Key1',
                'Value' => 'Value1',
            ],
            [
                'Key' => 'Key2',
                'Value' => 'Value2',
            ],
        ],
    ],
]);

PutBucketVersioning

$result = $client->putBucketVersioning([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketVersioningAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket.

You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:

Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.

Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.

If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.

In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.

If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning.

The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning:

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketVersioning([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'MFA' => '<string>',
    'VersioningConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'MFADelete' => 'Enabled|Disabled',
        'Status' => 'Enabled|Suspended',
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

>The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see RFC 1864.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

MFA
Type: string

The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.

VersioningConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: VersioningConfiguration structure

Container for setting the versioning state.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set versioning configuration on a bucket

The following example sets versioning configuration on bucket. The configuration enables versioning on the bucket.

$result = $client->putBucketVersioning([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'VersioningConfiguration' => [
        'MFADelete' => 'Disabled',
        'Status' => 'Enabled',
    ],
]);

PutBucketWebsite

$result = $client->putBucketWebsite([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putBucketWebsiteAsync([/* ... */]);

This operation is not supported by directory buckets.

Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.

This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.

To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.

  • WebsiteConfiguration

  • RedirectAllRequestsTo

  • HostName

  • Protocol

If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.

  • WebsiteConfiguration

  • IndexDocument

  • Suffix

  • ErrorDocument

  • Key

  • RoutingRules

  • RoutingRule

  • Condition

  • HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals

  • KeyPrefixEquals

  • Redirect

  • Protocol

  • HostName

  • ReplaceKeyPrefixWith

  • ReplaceKeyWith

  • HttpRedirectCode

Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putBucketWebsite([
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'WebsiteConfiguration' => [ // REQUIRED
        'ErrorDocument' => [
            'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        ],
        'IndexDocument' => [
            'Suffix' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
        ],
        'RedirectAllRequestsTo' => [
            'HostName' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
            'Protocol' => 'http|https',
        ],
        'RoutingRules' => [
            [
                'Condition' => [
                    'HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals' => '<string>',
                    'KeyPrefixEquals' => '<string>',
                ],
                'Redirect' => [ // REQUIRED
                    'HostName' => '<string>',
                    'HttpRedirectCode' => '<string>',
                    'Protocol' => 'http|https',
                    'ReplaceKeyPrefixWith' => '<string>',
                    'ReplaceKeyWith' => '<string>',
                ],
            ],
            // ...
        ],
    ],
]);

Parameter Details

Members
Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the data. You must use this header as a message integrity check to verify that the request body was not corrupted in transit. For more information, see RFC 1864.

For requests made using the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface (CLI) or Amazon Web Services SDKs, this field is calculated automatically.

The value will be computed on your behalf.
ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

WebsiteConfiguration
Required: Yes
Type: WebsiteConfiguration structure

Container for the request.

Result Syntax

[]

Result Details

The results for this operation are always empty.

Errors

There are no errors described for this operation.

Examples

Example 1: Set website configuration on a bucket

The following example adds website configuration to a bucket.

$result = $client->putBucketWebsite([
    'Bucket' => 'examplebucket',
    'ContentMD5' => '',
    'WebsiteConfiguration' => [
        'ErrorDocument' => [
            'Key' => 'error.html',
        ],
        'IndexDocument' => [
            'Suffix' => 'index.html',
        ],
    ],
]);

PutObject

$result = $client->putObject([/* ... */]);
$promise = $client->putObjectAsync([/* ... */]);

Adds an object to a bucket.

  • Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.

  • If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.

  • Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal endpoints in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior:

  • S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

    This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made to the same object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID of that object being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, or delete any version of the object. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.

    This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

Permissions
  • General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers.

    • s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to it.

    • s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl.

    • s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging.

  • Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession .

Data integrity with Content-MD5
  • General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag is its MD5 digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.

  • Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

HTTP Host header syntax

Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com.

For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:

Additional info on behavior of the stream parameters: Psr7 takes ownership of streams and will automatically close streams when this method is called with a stream as the Body parameter. To prevent this, set the Body using GuzzleHttp\Psr7\stream_for method with a is an instance of Psr\Http\Message\StreamInterface, and it will be returned unmodified. This will allow you to keep the stream in scope.

Parameter Syntax

$result = $client->putObject([
    'ACL' => 'private|public-read|public-read-write|authenticated-read|aws-exec-read|bucket-owner-read|bucket-owner-full-control',
    'AddContentMD5' => true || false,
    'Body' => <string || resource || Psr\Http\Message\StreamInterface>,
    'Bucket' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'BucketKeyEnabled' => true || false,
    'CacheControl' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumAlgorithm' => 'CRC32|CRC32C|SHA1|SHA256',
    'ChecksumCRC32' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumCRC32C' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA1' => '<string>',
    'ChecksumSHA256' => '<string>',
    'ContentDisposition' => '<string>',
    'ContentEncoding' => '<string>',
    'ContentLanguage' => '<string>',
    'ContentLength' => <integer>,
    'ContentMD5' => '<string>',
    'ContentSHA256' => '<string>',
    'ContentType' => '<string>',
    'ExpectedBucketOwner' => '<string>',
    'Expires' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'GrantFullControl' => '<string>',
    'GrantRead' => '<string>',
    'GrantReadACP' => '<string>',
    'GrantWriteACP' => '<string>',
    'Key' => '<string>', // REQUIRED
    'Metadata' => ['<string>', ...],
    'ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus' => 'ON|OFF',
    'ObjectLockMode' => 'GOVERNANCE|COMPLIANCE',
    'ObjectLockRetainUntilDate' => <integer || string || DateTime>,
    'RequestPayer' => 'requester',
    'SSECustomerAlgorithm' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKey' => '<string>',
    'SSECustomerKeyMD5' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSEncryptionContext' => '<string>',
    'SSEKMSKeyId' => '<string>',
    'ServerSideEncryption' => 'AES256|aws:kms|aws:kms:dsse',
    'SourceFile' => '<string>',
    'StorageClass' => 'STANDARD|REDUCED_REDUNDANCY|STANDARD_IA|ONEZONE_IA|INTELLIGENT_TIERING|GLACIER|DEEP_ARCHIVE|OUTPOSTS|GLACIER_IR|SNOW|EXPRESS_ONEZONE',
    'Tagging' => '<string>',
    'WebsiteRedirectLocation' => '<string>',
]);

Parameter Details

Members
ACL
Type: string

The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

When adding a new object, you can use headers to grant ACL-based permissions to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview and Managing ACLs Using the REST API in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and return a 400 error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

AddContentMD5
Type: boolean
Set to true to calculate the ContentMD5 for the upload.
Body
Type: blob (string|resource|Psr\Http\Message\StreamInterface)

Object data.

Bucket
Required: Yes
Type: string

The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated.

Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about access point ARNs, see Using access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory buckets.

S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

BucketKeyEnabled
Type: boolean

Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption with SSE-KMS.

Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

CacheControl
Type: string

Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9.

ChecksumAlgorithm
Type: string

Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.

For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported algorithm from the following list:

  • CRC32

  • CRC32C

  • SHA1

  • SHA256

For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm .

For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the default checksum algorithm that's used for performance.

ChecksumCRC32
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumCRC32C
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA1
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ChecksumSHA256
Type: string

This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

ContentDisposition
Type: string

Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4.

ContentEncoding
Type: string

Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding.

ContentLanguage
Type: string

The language the content is in.

ContentLength
Type: long (int|float)

Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length.

ContentMD5
Type: string

The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, see REST Authentication.

The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value is required if uploading to a bucket which has Object Lock enabled. It will not be calculated for you automatically. If you wish to have the value calculated for you, use the `AddContentMD5` parameter.
ContentSHA256
Type: string
A SHA256 hash of the body content of the request.
This value will be computed for you it is not supplied.
ContentType
Type: string

A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type.

ExpectedBucketOwner
Type: string

The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied).

Expires
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3.

GrantFullControl
Type: string

Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantRead
Type: string

Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantReadACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to read the object ACL.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

GrantWriteACP
Type: string

Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.

  • This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

  • This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.

Key
Required: Yes
Type: string

Object key for which the PUT action was initiated.

Metadata
Type: Associative array of custom strings keys (MetadataKey) to strings

A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.

ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus
Type: string

Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockMode
Type: string

The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

ObjectLockRetainUntilDate
Type: timestamp (string|DateTime or anything parsable by strtotime)

The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. Must be formatted as a timestamp parameter.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

RequestPayer
Type: string

Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects in Requester Pays Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerAlgorithm
Type: string

Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256).

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSECustomerKey
Type: string

Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

This value will be base64 encoded on your behalf.
SSECustomerKeyMD5
Type: string

Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSEncryptionContext
Type: string

Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored as object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. This value must be explicitly added during CopyObject operations.

This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.

SSEKMSKeyId
Type: string

If x-amz-server-side-encryption has a valid value of aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse, this header specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the Key Managemen